e10vk
Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          .
 
Commission File Number 1-13796
 
 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Georgia
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  58-0285030
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
4370 Peachtree Road, NE
Atlanta, GA
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  30319
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(404) 504-9828
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Class A Common Stock (no par value)
  New York Stock Exchange
Common Stock (no par value)
  New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months.  Yes o     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one).:
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer þ Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock (based upon the closing sales price quoted on the New York Stock Exchange) held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2009: Class A and Common Stock; no par value — $20,854,311.
 
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of April 6, 2010: Class A Common Stock; no par value — 5,753,020 shares; Common Stock, no par value — 42,880,493 shares.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed within 120 days of the registrant’s fiscal year end, pursuant to Regulation 14A is incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.


 

 
Gray Television Inc.
 
INDEX
 
             
Part or Item
 
Description
  Page
 
PART I
Item 1.   Business     1  
Item 1A.   Risk Factors     12  
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments     18  
Item 2.   Properties     18  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings     19  
Item 4.   Reserved     19  
    Executive Officers of the Registrant     19  
 
PART II
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     20  
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data     23  
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     24  
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     43  
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     44  
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     90  
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures     90  
Item 9B.   Other Information     90  
 
PART III
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     90  
Item 11.   Executive Compensation     90  
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     91  
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     91  
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services     91  
 
PART IV
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     92  
SIGNATURES     94  
 EX-3.1
 EX-3.2
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2


Table of Contents

 
PART 1
 
Item 1.   Business.
 
We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Georgia in 1897. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise indicated, the words “Gray,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Gray Television, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our discussion of the television (or “TV”) stations that we own and operate does not include our interest in the television and radio stations owned by Sarkes Tarzian, Inc., (“Tarzian”). Our fiscal years 2007, 2008 and 2009 all ended on December 31, respectively. When we refer to a year, we are referring to the fiscal year ended on those respective dates.
 
Our common stock, no par value, and our Class A common stock, no par value, have been listed and traded on The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) since September 24, 1996 and June 30, 1995, respectively. The ticker symbols are “GTN” for our common stock and “GTN.A” for our Class A common stock.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, all station rank, in-market share and television household data herein are derived from reports prepared by A.C. Nielsen Company (“Nielsen”).
 
General
 
We own 36 television stations serving 30 television markets. Seventeen of the stations are affiliated with CBS Inc. (“CBS”), ten are affiliated with the National Broadcasting Company, Inc. (“NBC”), eight are affiliated with the American Broadcasting Company (“ABC”), and one is affiliated with FOX Entertainment Group, Inc. (“FOX”). Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations make us the largest independent owner of CBS affiliates in the United States. Based on the results of the average of the Nielsen March, May, July, and November 2009 ratings reports, our combined station group has 23 markets with stations ranked #1 in local news audience and 21 markets with stations ranked #1 in overall audience within their respective markets. Of the 30 markets that we serve, we operate the #1 or #2 ranked station in 29 of those markets. In addition to our primary channels that we broadcast from our television stations, we currently broadcast 39 digital second channels including one affiliated with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with The CW Network, LLC (“CW”), 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc. (“MyNetworkTV” or “MyNet.”), two affiliated with Universal Sports Network or (“Univ.”) and seven local news/weather channels in certain of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however, our digital second channels are affiliated with networks different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately 6.3% of total United States households.
 
Acquisitions, Investments and Divestitures
 
In 1993, we implemented a strategy to foster a significant portion of our growth through strategic acquisitions and select divestitures. Since January 1, 1994, our significant acquisitions have included 33 television stations. We completed our most recent acquisition on March 3, 2006. Our acquisition, investment and divestiture activities during the most recent five years are described below.
 
2006 Acquisition
 
On March 3, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the stock of Michiana Telecasting Corp., owner of WNDU-TV, the NBC affiliate in South Bend, Indiana, from the University of Notre Dame for $88.9 million, which included certain working capital adjustments and transaction fees. We financed this acquisition with borrowings under our senior credit facility.
 
2005 Spinoff
 
On December 30, 2005, we completed the spinoff of all of the outstanding stock of Triple Crown Media, Inc. (“TCM”). Immediately prior to the spinoff, we contributed all of the membership interests in Gray


1


Table of Contents

Publishing, LLC which owned and operated our Gray Publishing and GrayLink Wireless businesses and certain other assets, to TCM. In the spinoff, each of the holders of our common stock received one share of TCM common stock for every ten shares of our common stock and each holder of our Class A common stock received one share of TCM common stock for every ten shares of our Class A common stock. As part of the spinoff, we received a cash dividend of approximately $44.0 million from TCM. We used the dividend proceeds to reduce our outstanding indebtedness.
 
2005 Acquisitions
 
On November 30, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the assets of WSAZ-TV, the NBC affiliate in Charleston-Huntington, West Virginia. We purchased these assets from Emmis Communications Corp. for approximately $185.8 million in cash plus certain transaction fees. We financed this acquisition with borrowings under the senior credit facility we then had in place.
 
On November 10, 2005, we completed the acquisition of the assets of WSWG-TV, the UPN affiliate serving the Albany, Georgia television market. We purchased these assets from P.D. Communications, LLC for $3.75 million in cash. We used a portion of our cash on hand to fund this acquisition. After the acquisition, we obtained a CBS affiliation for this station.
 
On January 31, 2005, we completed the acquisition of KKCO-TV from Eagle III Broadcasting, LLC. We acquired this station for approximately $13.5 million plus certain transaction fees. KKCO-TV serves the Grand Junction, Colorado television market and is an NBC affiliate. We used a portion of our cash on hand to fully fund this acquisition.
 
During 2005, we acquired a Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) license to operate a low power television station, WAHU-TV, in the Charlottesville, Virginia television market. We currently operate WAHU-TV as a FOX affiliate.
 
Revenues
 
Our revenues are derived primarily from local, regional and national advertising. Our revenues are derived to a much lesser extent from retransmission consent fees; network compensation; studio and tower space rental; and commercial production activities. “Advertising” refers primarily to advertisements broadcast by television stations, but it also includes advertisements placed on a television station’s website. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors, including: (i) a program’s popularity among the viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, (ii) the number of advertisers competing for the available time, (iii) the size and demographic makeup of the market served by the station and (iv) the availability of alternative advertising media in the market area. Rates are also determined by a station’s overall ratings and in-market share, as well as the station’s ratings and market share among particular demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting. Because broadcast stations rely on advertising revenues, they are consequently sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. The sizes of advertisers’ budgets, which can be affected by broad economic trends, can affect the broadcast industry in general and the revenues of individual broadcast television stations.
 
Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, consistent with, among other things, increased political advertising expenditures in even-numbered years.
 
We derive a material portion of our advertising revenue from the automotive and restaurant industries. In 2009, we earned approximately 17% and 12% of our total revenue from the automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. In 2008, we earned approximately 19% and 10% of our total revenue from the automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. Our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected if automotive- or restaurant-related advertising revenues decrease. Our business and operating results could also be materially adversely affected if revenue decreased from one or more other significant advertising categories, such as the communications, entertainment, financial services, professional services or retail industries.


2


Table of Contents

Our Stations and Their Markets
 
Each of our stations is affiliated with a major network pursuant to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation agreement provides the affiliated station with the right to broadcast all programs transmitted by the affiliated network. Our affiliation agreements expire at various dates through January 1, 2016. The following table is a list of all our owned and operated television stations.
 
                                         
                                Primary Network
DMA
          Primary
  Secondary
  Broadcast
  Station
  News
Rank
          Network   Network   License
  Rank in
  Rank in
(a)
 
Market
 
Station
  Affil.(b)   Exp.(c)   Affil.(b)   Exp.(c)   Expiration   DMA(d)   DMA(e)
 
 
59
    Knoxville, TN   WVLT   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   08/01/05(i)   2   2
 
62
    Lexington, KY   WKYT   CBS   12/31/14   CW   09/17/14   08/01/05(i)   1   1
 
63
    Charleston/Huntington, WV   WSAZ   NBC   01/01/12   MyNet.   10/04/11   10/01/12   1   1
 
69
    Wichita/Hutchinson, KS   KAKE   ABC   12/31/13   NA   NA   06/01/06(i)   2   2
        (Colby, KS)   KLBY(f)   ABC   12/31/13   NA   NA   06/01/06(i)   2   2
        (Garden City, KS)   KUPK(f)   ABC   12/31/13   NA   NA   06/01/06(i)   2   2
 
76
    Omaha, NE   WOWT   NBC   01/01/12   Univ.   12/31/11   06/01/06(i)   2   1
 
85
    Madison, WI   WMTV   NBC   01/01/12   News   NA   12/01/05(i)   2   2
 
89
    Waco-Temple-Bryan, TX   KWTX   CBS   12/31/14   CW   12/31/14   08/01/06(i)   1   1
        (Bryan, TX)   KBTX(g)   CBS   12/31/14   CW   12/31/14   08/01/06(i)   1   1
 
91
    South Bend, IN   WNDU   NBC   01/01/12   NA   NA   08/01/13   2   2
 
92
    Colorado Springs, CO   KKTV   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   04/01/06(i)   1   2
 
103
    Greenville/New Bern/   WITN   NBC   01/01/12   MyNet.   10/04/11   12/01/04(i)   2   1
        Washington, NC                                
 
105
    Lincoln/Hastings/Kearney, NE   KOLN   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   06/01/06(i)   1   1
        Grand Island, NE   KGIN(h)   CBS   12/31/14   NA   NA   06/01/06(i)   1   1
 
106
    Tallahassee, FL/   WCTV   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   04/01/13   1   1
        Thomasville, GA                                
 
108
    Reno, NV   KOLO   ABC   12/31/13   Univ.   01/09/11   10/01/06(i)   1   1
 
114
    Augusta, GA   WRDW   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet   10/04/11   04/01/13   1   1
                        News   NA            
 
115
    Lansing, MI   WILX   NBC   01/01/12   News   NA   10/01/05(i)   2   1
 
127
    La Crosse/Eau Claire, WI   WEAU   NBC   01/01/12   News   NA   12/01/05(i)   1   1
 
134
    Rockford, IL   WIFR   CBS   12/31/14   News   NA   12/01/05(i)   1   1
 
135
    Wausau/Rhinelander, WI   WSAW   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   12/01/05(i)   1   1
                        News   NA            
 
136
    Topeka, KS   WIBW   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   06/01/06(i)   1   1
 
145
    Albany, GA   WSWG   CBS   12/31/14   MyNet.   10/04/11   04/01/13   3   NA(j)
 
151
    Panama City, FL   WJHG   NBC   01/01/12   CW   09/17/12   02/01/05(i)   1   1
                        MyNet.   10/04/11            
 
161
    Sherman,TX/Ada, OK   KXII   CBS   12/31/14   FOX   06/30/11   08/01/06(i)   1   1
                        MyNet.   10/04/11            
 
172
    Dothan, AL   WTVY   CBS   12/31/14   CW   09/01/12   04/01/13   1   1
                        MyNet.   10/04/11            
 
178
    Harrisonburg, VA   WHSV   ABC   12/31/13   ABC   12/31/13   10/01/12   1   1
                        FOX   06/30/11            
                        MyNet.   10/04/11            


3


Table of Contents

                                         
                                Primary Network
DMA
          Primary
  Secondary
  Broadcast
  Station
  News
Rank
          Network   Network   License
  Rank in
  Rank in
(a)
 
Market
 
Station
  Affil.(b)   Exp.(c)   Affil.(b)   Exp.(c)   Expiration   DMA(d)   DMA(e)
 
 
182
    Bowling Green, KY   WBKO   ABC   12/31/13   FOX   06/30/11   08/01/05(i)   1   1
                        CW   09/01/13            
 
183
    Charlottesville, VA   WCAV   CBS   12/31/14   NA   NA   10/01/12   2   2
            WVAW   ABC   12/31/13   NA   NA   10/01/12   4   4
            WAHU   FOX   06/30/11   MyNet.   10/04/11   10/01/12   3   3
 
184
    Grand Junction, CO   KKCO   NBC   01/01/16   NA   NA   04/01/06(i)   1   1
 
185
    Meridian, MS   WTOK   ABC   12/31/13   CW   09/15/12   06/01/05(i)   1   1
                        MyNet.   10/04/11            
 
194
    Parkersburg, WV   WTAP   NBC   01/01/12   FOX   06/30/11   10/01/04(i)   1   1
                        MyNet.   10/04/11            
 
(k)
    Hazard, KY   WYMT   CBS   12/31/14   NA   NA   08/01/05(i)   1   1
 
 
(a) Designated market area (“DMA”) rank based on data published by Nielsen or other public sources for the 2009-2010 television season.
 
(b) Indicates network affiliations. The majority of our stations are affiliated with a network. We also have independent stations and stations broadcasting local news and weather. Such stations are identified as “News.”
 
(c) Indicates date of expiration of network license.
 
(d) Based on the average of Nielsen data for the March, July, May and November 2009 rating periods, Sunday to Saturday, 6 a.m. to 2 a.m.
 
(e) Based on our review of Nielsen data for the March, July, May and November 2009 rating periods for various news programs.
 
(f) KLBY-TV and KUPK-TV are satellite stations of KAKE-TV under FCC rules. KLBY-TV and KUPK-TV retransmit the signal of the primary station and may offer some locally originated programming, such as local news.
 
(g) KBTX-TV is a satellite station of KWTX-TV under FCC rules. KBTX-TV retransmits the signal of the primary station and may offer some locally originated programming, such as local news.
 
(h) KGIN-TV is a satellite station of KOLN-TV under FCC rules. KGIN-TV retransmits the signal of the primary station and may offer some locally originated programming, such as local news.
 
(i) We have filed a license renewal application with the FCC, and renewal is pending. We anticipate that all pending applications will be renewed in due course.
 
(j) This station does not currently broadcast local news that is specific to the Albany, Georgia market.
 
(k) We consider WYMT-TV’s service area to be a separate television market. This area is a special 17-county trading area as defined by Nielsen and is part of the Lexington, Kentucky DMA.
 
Television Industry Background
 
The FCC grants broadcast licenses to television stations. Historically, there have been a limited number of channels available for broadcasting in any one geographic area.
 
Television station revenues are derived primarily from local, regional and national advertising. Television station revenues are derived to a much lesser extent from retransmission consent fees; network compensation; studio and tower space rental; and commercial production activities. “Advertising” refers primarily to advertisements broadcast by television stations, but it also includes advertisements placed on a television station’s website. Advertising rates are based upon a variety of factors, including: (i) a program’s popularity among the viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, (ii) the number of advertisers competing for the available

4


Table of Contents

time, (iii) the size and demographic makeup of the market served by the station and (iv) the availability of alternative advertising media in the market area. Rates are also determined by a station’s overall ratings and in-market share, as well as the station’s ratings and market share among particular demographic groups that an advertiser may be targeting. Because broadcast stations rely on advertising revenues, they are sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. The sizes of advertisers’ budgets, which can be affected by broad economic trends, can affect the broadcast industry in general and the revenues of individual broadcast television stations.
 
Television stations in the country are grouped by Nielsen, a national audience measuring service, into approximately 210 generally recognized television markets or DMAs. These markets are ranked in size according to various formulae based upon actual or potential audience. Each DMA is an exclusive geographic area consisting of all counties in which the home-market commercial stations receive the greatest percentage of total viewing hours. Nielsen periodically publishes data on estimated audiences for the television stations in the various television markets throughout the country.
 
Station Network Affiliations
 
Four major broadcast networks, ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX, dominate broadcast television in terms of the amount of original programming provided to network affiliates. CW and MyNetworkTV provide their affiliates with a smaller portion of each day’s programming compared to ABC, NBC, CBS and FOX.
 
Most successful commercial television stations obtain their brand identity from locally produced news programs. Notwithstanding this, however, the affiliation of a station with one of the four major networks can have a significant impact on the station’s programming, revenues, expenses and operations. A typical affiliate of these networks receives the majority of each day’s programming from the network. The network provides an affiliate this programming, along with cash payments (“network compensation”) in certain instances, in exchange for a substantial majority of the advertising time available for sale during the airing of network programs. The network then sells this advertising time and retains the revenues. The affiliate retains revenues from advertising time sold for time periods between network programs and for programs the affiliate produces or purchases from non-network sources. In seeking to acquire programming to supplement network-supplied programming, the affiliates compete primarily with other affiliates and independent stations in their markets. Cable systems generally do not compete with local stations for programming, although various national cable networks from time to time have acquired programs that would have otherwise been offered to local television stations.
 
A television station may also acquire programming through barter arrangements. Under a barter arrangement, a national program distributor retains a fixed amount of advertising time within the program in exchange for the programming it supplies. The television station may pay a fixed fee for such programming.
 
We account for trade or barter transactions involving the exchange of tangible goods or services with our customers. The revenue is recorded at the time the advertisement is broadcast and the expense is recorded at the time the goods or services are used. The revenue and expense associated with these transactions are based on the fair value of the assets or services received.
 
We do not account for barter revenue and related barter expense generated from network or syndicated programming.
 
In contrast to a network-affiliated station, independent stations purchase or produce all of the programming they broadcast, generally resulting in higher programming costs. Independent stations, however, retain their entire inventory of advertising time and all related revenues. When compared to major networks such as ABC, CBS, NBC and FOX, certain networks such as CW and MyNetworkTV produce a smaller amount of network-provided programming. Affiliates of CW or MyNetworkTV must purchase or produce a greater amount of their non-network programming, generally resulting in higher programming costs. Affiliates of CW or MyNetworkTV retain a larger portion of their advertising time inventory and the related revenues compared to stations affiliated with the major networks.
 
Cable-originated programming is a significant competitor of broadcast television programming. However, no single cable programming network regularly attains audience levels exceeding a small fraction of those of


5


Table of Contents

any major broadcast network. Cable networks’ advertising share has increased due to the growth in cable penetration (the percentage of television households that are connected to a cable system). Despite increases in cable viewership, and increases in advertising, growth in direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) and other multi-channel video program distribution services, over-the-air broadcasting remains the dominant distribution system for mass-market television advertising.
 
Seasonality
 
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the second and fourth quarters each year. This seasonality results partly from increases in consumer advertising in the spring and retail advertising in the period leading up to and including the holiday season. Broadcast advertising revenues are also generally higher in even-numbered years, due to spending by political candidates, political parties and special interest groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter.
 
Competition
 
Television stations compete for audiences, certain programming (including news) and advertisers. Signal coverage and assigned frequency also materially affect a television station’s competitive position.
 
Audience
 
Stations compete for audience based on broadcast program popularity, which has a direct effect on advertising rates. Affiliated networks supply a substantial portion of our stations’ daily programming. Stations depend on the performance of the network programs to attract viewers. There can be no assurance that any such current or future programming created by our affiliated networks will achieve or maintain satisfactory viewership levels in the future. Stations program non-network time periods with a combination of locally produced news, public affairs and other entertainment programming, including national news or syndicated programs purchased for cash, cash and barter, or barter only.
 
Cable and satellite television have significantly altered competition for audience in the television industry. Cable and satellite television can increase a broadcasting station’s competition for viewers by bringing into the market distant broadcasting signals not otherwise available to the station’s audience and by serving as a distribution system for non-broadcast programming.
 
Other sources of competition include home entertainment systems, “wireless cable” services, satellite master antenna television systems, low-power television stations, television translator stations, DBS video distribution services and the internet.
 
Recent developments by many companies, including internet service providers, are expanding the variety and quality of broadcast content on the internet. Internet companies have developed business relationships with companies that have traditionally provided syndicated programming, network television and other content. As a result, additional programming is becoming available through non-traditional methods, which can directly impact the number of TV viewers, and thus indirectly impact station rankings, popularity and revenue possibilities from our stations.
 
Programming
 
Competition for non-network programming involves negotiating with national program distributors, or syndicators, that sell first-run and rerun programming packages. Each station competes against the other broadcast stations in its market for exclusive access to off-network reruns (such as Friends) and first-run programming (such as Oprah). Broadcast stations compete also for exclusive news stories and features. Cable systems generally do not compete with local stations for programming, although various national cable networks from time to time have acquired programs that would have otherwise been offered to local television stations.


6


Table of Contents

Advertising
 
Advertising rates are based upon: (i) the size of a station’s market, (ii) a station’s overall ratings, (iii) a program’s popularity among targeted viewers, (iv) the number of advertisers competing for available time, (v) the demographic makeup of the station’s market, (vi) the availability of alternative advertising media in the market, (vii) the presence of effective sales forces and (viii) the development of projects, features and programs that tie advertiser messages to programming. Advertising revenues comprise the primary source of revenues for our stations. Our stations compete with other television stations for advertising revenues in their respective markets. Our stations also compete for advertising revenue with other media, such as newspapers, radio stations, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct mail, internet and local cable systems. In the broadcasting industry, advertising revenue competition occurs primarily within individual markets.
 
Federal Regulation of Our Business
 
General
 
Under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”), television broadcast operations such as ours are subject to the jurisdiction of the FCC. Among other things, the Communications Act empowers the FCC to: (i) issue, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses; (ii) regulate stations’ operations and equipment; and (iii) impose penalties for violations of the Communications Act or FCC regulations. The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a licensee without prior FCC approval.
 
License Grant and Renewal
 
The FCC grants broadcast licenses to television stations for terms of up to eight years. Broadcast licenses are of paramount importance to the operations of our television stations. The Communications Act requires the FCC to renew a licensee’s broadcast license if the FCC finds that: (i) the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; (ii) there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations; and (iii) there have been no other violations which, taken together, would constitute a pattern of abuse. Historically the FCC has renewed broadcast licenses in substantially all cases. While we are not currently aware of any facts or circumstances that might prevent the renewal of our stations’ licenses at the end of their respective license terms, we cannot provide any assurances that any license could be renewed. Our failure to renew any licenses upon the expiration of any license term could have a material adverse effect on our business. Under FCC rules, a license expiration date is automatically extended pending the review and approval of the renewal application. For further information regarding the expiration dates of our stations’ current licenses and renewal application status, see the table under the heading “Our Stations and Their Markets.”
 
Ownership Rules
 
The FCC’s broadcast ownership rules affect the number, type and location of broadcast and newspaper properties that we may hold or acquire. The rules now in effect limit the common ownership, operation or control of, and “attributable” interests or voting power in: (i) television stations serving the same area; (ii) television stations and daily newspapers serving the same area; and (iii) television stations and radio stations serving the same area. The rules also limit the aggregate national audience reach of television stations that may be under common ownership, operation and control, or in which a single person or entity may hold an official position or have more than a specified interest or percentage of voting power. The FCC’s rules also define the types of positions and interests that are considered attributable for purposes of the ownership limits, and thus also apply to our principals and certain investors.
 
The FCC is required by statute to review all of its broadcast ownership rules every four years to determine if such rules remain necessary in the public interest. The FCC completed a comprehensive review of its ownership rules in 2003, significantly relaxing restrictions on the common ownership of television stations, radio stations and daily newspapers within the same local market. However, in 2004, the United


7


Table of Contents

States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit vacated many of the FCC’s 2003 rule changes. The court remanded the rules to the FCC for further proceedings and extended a stay on the implementation of the new rules. In 2007, the FCC adopted a Report and Order addressing the issues remanded by the Third Circuit and fulfilling the FCC’s obligation to review its media ownership rules every four years. That Order left most of the FCC’s pre-2003 ownership restrictions in place, but made modifications to the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership restriction. A number of parties appealed the FCC’s order; those appeals were consolidated in the Third Circuit in 2008 and remain pending. The Third Circuit initially stayed implementation of the 2007 changes to the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership restriction but recently lifted the stay and set a briefing schedule for the pending appeals. We cannot provide any assurances regarding the outcome of these appeals, or the potential impact thereof on our business. In 2010, the FCC again will be required to undertake a comprehensive review of its broadcast ownership rules to determine whether the rules remain necessary in the public interest.
 
Local TV Ownership Rule
 
The FCC’s 2007 actions generally reinstated the FCC’s pre-2003 local television ownership rules. Under those rules, one entity may own two commercial television stations in a DMA as long as no more than one of those stations is ranked among the top four stations in the DMA and eight independently owned, full-power stations will remain in the DMA. Waivers of this rule may be available if at least one of the stations in a proposed combination qualifies, pursuant to specific criteria set forth in the FCC’s rules, as failed, failing, or unbuilt.
 
Cross-Media Limits
 
The newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule generally prohibits one entity from owning both a commercial broadcast station and a daily newspaper in the same community. The radio/television cross-ownership rule allows a party to own one or two TV stations and a varying number of radio stations within a single market. The FCC’s 2007 decision left the pre-2003 newspaper/broadcast and radio/television cross-ownership restrictions in place, but provided that the FCC would evaluate newly-proposed newspaper/broadcast combinations under a non-exhaustive list of four public interest factors and apply positive or negative presumptions in specific circumstances. As noted above, a stay implemented by the Third Circuit that precluded these rule changes from taking effect recently was lifted.
 
National Television Station Ownership Rule
 
The maximum percentage of U.S. households that a single owner can reach through commonly owned television stations is 39 percent. This limit was specified by Congress in 2004 and is not affected by the December 2007 FCC decision. The FCC applies a 50 percent “discount” for ultra-high frequency (“UHF”) stations, but the FCC indicated in the 2007 decision that it will conduct a separate proceeding to determine how or whether the UHF discount will operate in the future.
 
As indicated above, the FCC’s latest actions concerning media ownership are subject to further judicial and FCC review. We cannot predict the outcome of potential appellate litigation or FCC action.
 
Attribution Rules
 
Under the FCC’s ownership rules, a direct or indirect purchaser of certain types of our securities could violate FCC regulations if that purchaser owned or acquired an “attributable” interest in other media properties in the same areas as our stations. Pursuant to FCC rules, the following relationships and interests are generally considered attributable for purposes of broadcast ownership restrictions: (i) all officers and directors of a corporate licensee and its direct or indirect parent(s); (ii) voting stock interests of at least five percent; (iii) voting stock interests of at least 20 percent, if the holder is a passive institutional investor (such as an investment company, bank, or insurance company); (iv) any equity interest in a limited partnership or limited liability company, unless properly “insulated” from management activities; (v) equity and/or debt interests that in the aggregate exceed 33 percent of a licensee’s total assets, if the interest holder supplies more than


8


Table of Contents

15 percent of the station’s total weekly programming or is a same-market broadcast company or daily newspaper publisher; (vi) time brokerage of a broadcast station by a same-market broadcast company; and (vii) same-market radio joint sales agreements. The FCC is also considering deeming same-market television joint sales agreements attributable. Management services agreements and other types of shared services arrangements between same-market stations that do not include attributable time brokerage or joint sales components generally are not deemed attributable under the FCC’s rules.
 
To our knowledge, no officer, director or five percent stockholder currently holds an attributable interest in another television station, radio station or daily newspaper that is inconsistent with the FCC’s ownership rules and policies or with our ownership of our stations.
 
Alien Ownership Restrictions
 
The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities or individuals to own or hold interests in broadcast licenses. The Communications Act bars the following from holding broadcast licenses: foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments, non-citizens, representatives of non-citizens, and corporations or partnerships organized under the laws of a foreign nation. Foreign individuals or entities, collectively, may directly or indirectly own or vote no more than 20 percent of the capital stock of a licensee or 25 percent of the capital stock of a corporation that directly or indirectly controls a licensee. The 20 percent limit on foreign ownership of a licensee may not be waived. While the FCC has the discretion to permit foreign ownership in excess of 25 percent in a corporation controlling a licensee, it has rarely done so in the broadcast context.
 
We serve as a holding company of wholly owned subsidiaries, one of which is a licensee for our stations. Therefore we may be restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by non-citizens, foreign governments, representatives of non-citizens or foreign governments, or foreign corporations.
 
Programming and Operations
 
Rules and policies of the FCC and other federal agencies regulate certain programming practices and other areas affecting the business or operations of broadcast stations.
 
The Children’s Television Act of 1990 limits commercial matter in children’s television programs and requires stations to present educational and informational children’s programming. Broadcasters are required to provide at least three hours of children’s educational programming per week on their primary digital channels. This requirement increases proportionately with each free video programming stream a station broadcasts simultaneously (“multicasts”). In October 2009, the FCC issued a Notice of Inquiry (“NOI”) seeking comment on a broad range of issues related to children’s usage of electronic media and the current regulatory landscape that governs the availability of electronic media to children. The NOI remains pending, and we cannot predict what recommendations or further action, if any, will result from it.
 
In 2007 the FCC adopted an order imposing on broadcasters new public filing and public interest reporting requirements. These new requirements must be approved by the Office of Management and Budget before they become effective, and the OMB has not yet approved them. It is unclear when, if ever, these rules will be implemented. Pursuant to these new requirements, stations that have websites will be required to make certain portions of their public inspection files accessible online. Stations also will be required to file electronically every quarter a new, standardized form that will track various types and quantities of local programming. The form will require information about programming related to: (i) local news and community issues, (ii) local civic affairs, (iii) local electoral affairs, (iv) underserved communities, (v) public service announcements (vi) independently produced programming, and (vii) religious programming. Stations will also have to describe: (i) any efforts made to assess the programming needs of their station’s community, (ii) whether the station is providing required close captioning, (iii) efforts to make emergency information accessible to persons with disabilities and (iv), if applicable, any local marketing or joint sales agreements involving the station. If implemented as proposed by the FCC, the new standardized form will significantly increase recordkeeping requirements for television broadcasters. Several station owners and other interested


9


Table of Contents

parties have asked the FCC to reconsider the new reporting requirements and have sought to postpone their implementation. In addition, the order imposing the new rules is currently on appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.
 
In 2007, the FCC issued a Report on Broadcast Localism and Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (the “Report”). The Report tentatively concluded that broadcast licensees should be required to have regular meetings with permanent local advisory boards to ascertain the needs and interests of their communities. The Report also tentatively adopted specific renewal application processing guidelines that would require broadcasters to air a minimum amount of local programming. The Report sought public comment on two additional rule changes that would impact television broadcasters. These rule changes would restrict a broadcaster’s ability to locate a station’s main studio outside the community of license and the right to operate a station remotely. To date, the FCC has not issued a final order on the matter. We cannot predict whether or when the FCC will codify some or all of the specific localism initiatives discussed in the Report.
 
Over the past few years, the FCC has increased its enforcement efforts regarding broadcast indecency and profanity. In 2006, the statutory maximum fine for broadcast indecency material increased from $32,500 to $325,000 per incident. Several judicial appeals of FCC indecency enforcement actions are currently pending, and their outcomes could affect future FCC policies in this area.
 
EEO Rules
 
The FCC’s Equal Employment Opportunity (“EEO”) rules impose job information dissemination, recruitment, documentation and reporting requirements on broadcast station licensees. Broadcasters are subject to random audits to ensure compliance with the EEO rules and could be sanctioned for noncompliance.
 
Cable and Satellite Transmission of Local Television Signals
 
Under FCC regulations, cable systems must devote a specified portion of their channel capacity to the carriage of local television station signals. Television stations may elect between “must carry” rights or a right to restrict or prevent cable systems from carrying the station’s signal without the station’s permission (“retransmission consent”). Stations must make this election at the same time once every three years, and did so most recently on October 1, 2008. All broadcast stations that made carriage decisions on October 1, 2008 will be bound by their decisions until the end of the current three year cycle on December 31, 2011. Our stations have generally elected retransmission consent and have entered into carriage agreements with cable systems serving their markets.
 
For those markets in which a DBS carrier provides any local signal, the FCC also has established a market-specific requirement for mandatory carriage of local television stations by DBS operators similar to that for cable systems. The FCC has also adopted rules relating to station eligibility for DBS carriage and subscriber eligibility for receiving signals. There are specific statutory requirements relating to satellite distribution of distant network signals to “unserved households,” households that do not receive a Grade B signal from a local network affiliate. A law governing DBS distribution, the Satellite Home Viewer Extension and Reauthorization Act of 2004 (“SHVERA”), was scheduled to expire at the end of 2009. Congress has extended SHVERA three times. The most recent extension maintains the current law until April 30, 2010. A long-term extension and revision of SHVERA is still expected to be finalized in the near future. We cannot predict the impact of DBS service on our business. We have, however, entered into retransmission consent agreements with DISH Network and DirectTV for the retransmission of our television stations’ signals into the local markets that each of these DBS providers respectively serves.
 
Digital Television Service
 
In 1997, the FCC adopted rules for implementing digital television (“DTV”) service. On June 12, 2009, the U.S. finalized its transition from analog to digital service, and full-power television stations were required to cease analog operations and commence digital-only operations. The DTV transition has improved the technical quality of viewers’ television signals and given broadcasters the ability to provide new services, such as high definition television.


10


Table of Contents

Broadcasters may use their digital spectrum to provide either a single DTV signal or multicast several program streams. Broadcasters also may use some of their digital spectrum to offer non-broadcast “ancillary” services such as subscription video, data transfer or audio signals. However, broadcasters must pay the government a fee of five percent of gross revenues received from such ancillary services. Under the FCC’s rules relating to digital broadcasters’ “must carry” rights (which apply to cable and certain DBS systems) digital stations asserting “must carry” rights are entitled to carriage of only a single programming stream and other “program-related” content on that stream, even if they multicast. Now that the DTV transition is complete, cable operators have two options to ensure that all analog cable subscribers continue to be able to receive the signals of stations electing must-carry status. They may choose either to (i) broadcast the signal in digital format for digital customers and “down-convert” the signal to analog format for analog customers or (ii) deliver the signal in digital format to all subscribers and ensure that all subscribers with analog service have set-top boxes that convert the digital signal to analog format.
 
Currently, all of our full-power stations are broadcasting digitally. In 2009, we also began testing mobile DTV broadcasts in one of our markets. Consumers are able to view these broadcasts on handheld devices equipped with a DTV receiver. To date, the FCC has not adopted any regulations that are specific to mobile DTV services, and we cannot predict whether it will do so in the future.
 
The FCC has adopted rules and procedures regarding the digital conversion of Low Power Television (“LPTV”) stations, TV translator stations and TV booster stations. Under these rules, existing LPTV and TV translator stations may convert to digital operations on their current channels. Alternatively, LPTV and translator licenses may seek a digital “companion” channel for their analog station operations. At a later date, the FCC will determine the date by which those stations obtaining a digital companion channel must surrender one of their channels.
 
Beginning December 31, 2006, DTV broadcasters were required to comply with Emergency Alert System (“EAS”) rules and ensure that viewers of all programming streams can receive EAS messages.
 
Broadcast Spectrum
 
On March 16, 2010, the FCC delivered to Congress a “National Broadband Plan.” The National Broadband Plan, inter alia, makes recommendations regarding the use of spectrum currently allocated to television broadcasters, including seeking the voluntary surrender of certain portions of the television broadcast spectrum and repacking the currently allocated spectrum to make portions of that spectrum available for other wireless communications services. If some or all of our television stations are required to change frequencies or reduce the amount of spectrum they use, our stations could incur substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of over-the-air signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition programming and additional program streams, including mobile video services. Prior to implementation of the proposals contained in the National Broadband Plan, further action by the FCC or Congress or both is necessary. We cannot predict the likelihood, timing or outcome of any Congressional or FCC regulatory action in this regard nor the impact of any such changes upon our business.
 
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete summary of the Communications Act, other applicable statutes, or the FCC’s rules, regulations or policies. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before, are being considered by, and may in the future be considered by, Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. We cannot predict the effect of any existing or proposed federal legislation, regulations or policies on our business. Also, several of the foregoing matters are now, or may become, the subject of litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such litigation or the effect on our business.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had 1,954 full-time employees and 254 part-time employees. As of December 31, 2009, we had 100 full-time employees and 19 part-time employees that were represented by unions. We consider relations with our employees to be good.


11


Table of Contents

Available Information
 
Our web address is http://www.gray.tv. We make the following reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) available, free of charge, on our website under the heading “SEC Filings”:
 
  •  our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to the foregoing reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act;
 
  •  our proxy statements; and
 
  •  initial statements of beneficial ownership of securities on Form 3, statements of changes in beneficial ownership on Form 4 and annual statements of beneficial ownership on Form 5, in each case as filed by certain of our officers, directors and large stockholders pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
 
These filings are also available at the SEC’s website located at http://www.sec.gov. The SEC’s website contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, like us, that file electronically. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.
 
The foregoing reports are made available on our website as soon as practicable after they are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information found on our website is not incorporated by reference or part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
 
We have adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of our directors, executive officers and employees. The Code is available on our website at http://www.gray.tv under the heading of “Corporate Governance.” If any waivers of the Code are granted, the waivers will be disclosed in an SEC filing on Form 8-K. We have also filed the Code as an exhibit to the annual report filed on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, and it is incorporated by reference to this report.
 
Our website also includes our Corporate Governance Principles, the Charter of the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Compensation Committee.
 
All such information is also available to any shareholder upon request by telephone at (404) 504-9828.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We depend on advertising revenues, which are seasonal, and also may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors.
 
Our main source of revenue is sales of advertising time and space. Our ability to sell advertising time and space depends on:
 
  •  economic conditions in the areas where our stations are located and in the nation as a whole;
 
  •  the popularity of our programming;
 
  •  changes in the population demographics in the areas where our stations are located;
 
  •  local and national advertising price fluctuations, which can be affected by the availability of programming, the popularity of programming, and the relative supply of and demand for commercial advertising;
 
  •  our competitors’ activities , including increased competition from other forms of advertising-based mediums, particularly network, cable television, direct satellite television and internet;
 
  •  the duration and extent of any network preemption of regularly scheduled programming for any reason, including as a result of the outbreak or continuance of military hostilities or terrorist attacks, and


12


Table of Contents

  decisions by advertisers to withdraw or delay planned advertising expenditures for any reason, including as a result of military action or terrorist attacks; and
 
  •  other factors that may be beyond our control. For example, a labor dispute or other disruption at a major national advertiser, programming provider or network, or a recession nationally and/or in a particular market, might make it more difficult to sell advertising time and space and could reduce our revenue.
 
Our results are also subject to seasonal fluctuations. Seasonal fluctuations typically result in higher broadcast operating income in the second and fourth quarters than first and third quarters of each year. This seasonality is primarily attributable to (i) advertisers’ increased expenditures in the spring and in anticipation of holiday season spending and (ii) an increase in viewership during this period. Furthermore, revenues from political advertising are significantly higher in even-numbered years, particularly during presidential election years.
 
Our operating and financial flexibility is limited by the terms of our senior credit facility.
 
Our senior credit facility prevents us from taking certain actions and requires us to comply with certain financial and operating requirements. Among other things, these include limitations on:
 
  •  certain additional indebtedness;
 
  •  liens;
 
  •  amendments to our by-laws and articles of incorporation;
 
  •  mergers and the sale of assets;
 
  •  guarantees;
 
  •  investments and acquisitions;
 
  •  payment of dividends and redemption of our capital stock;
 
  •  a specified leverage ratio;
 
  •  related party transactions;
 
  •  purchases of real estate; and
 
  •  entering into multiemployer retirement plans.
 
These restrictions and requirements may prevent us from taking actions that could increase the value of our business, or may require actions that decrease the value of our business. In addition, if we fail to maintain compliance with any of these requirements, we would thereby be in default under such senior credit facility. If we were in default under this agreement, the lenders thereunder could require immediate payment of all obligations under the senior credit facility and/or foreclose on the collateral that is pledged to secure those obligations. If this occurred, we could be forced to sell assets or take other action that would reduce the value of our business.
 
Servicing our debt and other obligations requires a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.
 
We have significant financial obligations outstanding. Our ability to service our debt and these other obligations depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow. This is partially subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory, and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, that future borrowings will be available to us under our senior credit facility, or that we will be able to complete any necessary financings, in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our operations or pay our debts and other obligations, or to fund other liquidity needs. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, or seek to raise


13


Table of Contents

additional capital. Additional debt or equity financing may not be available in sufficient amounts, at times or on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to service our debt or other obligations, which could result in us being in default thereon, in which circumstances our lenders could cease making loans to us and accelerate and declare due all outstanding obligations under our senior credit facility, which could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. In addition, the current volatility in the capital markets may also impact our ability to obtain additional financing, or to refinance our existing debt, on terms or at times favorable to us.
 
Our operating and financial flexibility is limited by the terms of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock.
 
Our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock prevents us from taking certain actions and requires us to comply with certain requirements. Among other things, this includes limitations on:
 
  •  additional indebtedness;
 
  •  liens;
 
  •  amendments to our by-laws and articles of incorporation;
 
  •  our ability to issue equity securities having liquidation preferences senior or equivalent to the liquidation preferences of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock;
 
  •  mergers and the sale of assets;
 
  •  guarantees;
 
  •  investments and acquisitions;
 
  •  payment of dividends and the redemption of our capital stock; and
 
  •  related-party transactions.
 
These restrictions may prevent us from taking action that could increase the value of our business, or may require actions that decrease the value of our business.
 
We have suspended cash dividends on both classes of our common stock and have not paid certain accumulated dividends under our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. To the extent a potential investor ascribes value to a dividend paying stock, the value of our stock may be correspondingly reduced.
 
Our board of directors has not declared a cash or stock dividend for our common stock or Class A common stock since the third quarter of 2008. We can provide no assurance when or if any future dividends will be declared on either class of common stock.
 
We made our most recent Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash dividend payment on October 15, 2008, for dividends earned through September 30, 2008. We have deferred the cash payment of our preferred stock dividends earned thereon since October 1, 2008. As a result of our election to defer three consecutive cash dividend payments with respect to the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, the dividend rate thereon has increased from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per annum.
 
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing, declaring and/or paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash dividends presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the future. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no mandatory redemption date but may be redeemed at the stockholders’ option on or after June 30, 2015.
 
If and to the extent an investor ascribes value to a dividend-paying stock, the value of our common and Class A common stock may be correspondingly reduced due to our current cessation of dividend payments.


14


Table of Contents

We may not be able to maintain the NYSE listings for our common stock and/or Class A common stock.
 
The NYSE requires all NYSE-listed companies to maintain compliance with certain criteria. These criteria include minimum stock price and minimum market capitalization standards. From November 3, 2008 until September 30, 2009, our common stock did not satisfy the NYSE’s minimum stock price criteria for continued listing because the average closing price per share over a consecutive 30 trading-day period was less than $1.00 per share.
 
In addition, the NYSE has other listing standards that may apply to us, including a requirement to have a minimum market capitalization of at least $15 million over a 30-trading-day period. Failure to comply with this particular listing standard allows the NYSE to delist promptly a company from the exchange. As of April 5, 2010, our average market capitalization calculated over the prior consecutive 30-trading-day period was $104.9 million.
 
Although we are currently in compliance with all of the NYSE’s continued listing criteria, we can give no assurances that we will be able to remain in compliance in future periods. If either class of our common stock cannot meet the applicable NYSE listing standards, then the NYSE may delist both classes of our common stock.
 
If our common stock or Class A common stock were delisted from the NYSE, the liquidity of such stock may be significantly reduced which could, in turn, materially adversely effect the price of such stock. In such event, we may seek to have such Stock listed for trading on another national exchange or alternative over-the-counter trading forum to provide liquidity to investors, although we can provide no assurances as to the liquidity, market pricing or investor interest in either class of our common stock under such circumstances.
 
We have, in the past, incurred impairment charges on our goodwill and/or broadcast licenses, and any such future charges may have a material effect on the value of our total assets.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to our broadcast licenses of $240.1 million and a non-cash impairment charge to our goodwill of $98.6 million. As of December 31, 2009, the book value of our broadcast licenses was $819.0 million and the book value of our goodwill was $170.5 million, in comparison to total assets of $1.2 billion. Not less than annually, and more frequently if necessary, we are required to evaluate our goodwill and broadcast licenses to determine if the estimated fair value of these intangible assets is less than book value. If the estimated fair value of these intangible assets is less than book value, we will be required to record a non-cash expense to write-down the book value of the intangible asset to the estimated fair value. We cannot make any assurances that any required impairment charges will not have a material effect on our total assets.
 
We must purchase television programming in advance but cannot predict whether a particular show will be popular enough to cover its cost.
 
One of our most significant costs is television programming. If a particular program is not sufficiently popular among audiences in relation to its costs, we may not be able to sell enough advertising time to cover the costs of the program. Since we purchase programming content from others, we have little control over programming costs. We usually must purchase programming several years in advance, and may have to commit to purchase more than one year’s worth of programming. We may also replace programs that are performing poorly before we have recaptured any significant portion of the costs we incurred or fully expensed the costs for financial reporting purposes. Any of these factors could reduce our revenues, result in the incurrence of impairment charges or otherwise cause our costs to escalate relative to revenues. For instance, during the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a television program impairment expense of $0.2 million.


15


Table of Contents

We are highly dependent upon our network affiliations, and may lose a large amount of television programming if a network (i) terminates its affiliation with us, (ii) significantly changes the economic terms and conditions of any future affiliation agreements with us or (iii) significantly changes the type, quality or quantity of programming provided to us under an affiliation agreement.
 
Our business depends in large part on the success of our network affiliations. Each of our stations is affiliated with a major network pursuant to an affiliation agreement. Each affiliation agreement provides the affiliated station with the right to broadcast all programs transmitted by the affiliated network. Our affiliation agreements expire at various dates through January 1, 2016.
 
If we can not enter into affiliation agreements to replace our expiring agreements, we may no longer be able to carry the affiliated network’s programming. This loss of programming would require us to obtain replacement programming. Such replacement programming may involve higher costs and may not be as attractive to our target audiences, thereby reducing our ability to generate advertising revenue. Furthermore, our concentration of CBS and/or NBC affiliates makes us particularly sensitive to adverse changes in our business relationship with, and the general success of, CBS and/or NBC.
 
In addition, if we are unable renew or replace our existing affiliation agreements, we may be unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any future retransmission consent agreements with cable, satellite and telecommunications providers (“MVPDs”). Furthermore, if in the future a network limited or removed our ability to retransmit network programming to MVPDs, we may be unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any future retransmission consent agreements. In either case such an event could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
We operate in a highly competitive environment. Competition occurs on multiple levels (for audiences, programming and advertisers) and is based on a variety of factors. If we are not able to successfully compete in all relevant aspects, our revenues will be materially adversely affected.
 
As described elsewhere herein, television stations compete for audiences, certain programming (including news) and advertisers. Signal coverage and assigned frequency also materially affect a television station’s competitive position. With respect to audiences, stations compete primarily based on broadcast program popularity. Because we purchase or otherwise acquire, rather than produce, programs, we cannot provide any assurances as to the acceptability by audiences of any of the programs we broadcast. Further, because we compete with other broadcast stations for certain programming, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to obtain any desired programming at costs that we believe are reasonable. Cable-originated programming and increased access to cable and satellite TV has become a significant competitor for broadcast television programming viewers. Cable networks’ advertising share has increased due to the growth in cable/satellite penetration (the percentage of television households that are connected to a cable or satellite system), which reduces viewers. Further increases in the advertising share of cable or satellite networks could materially adversely affect the advertising revenue of our television stations.
 
In addition, technological innovation and the resulting proliferation of programming alternatives, such as home entertainment systems, “wireless cable” services, satellite master antenna television systems, LPTV stations, television translator stations, DBS, video distribution services, pay-per-view and the internet, have further fractionalized television viewing audiences and resulted in additional challenges to revenue generation.
 
Our inability or failure to broadcast popular programs, or otherwise maintain viewership for any reason, including as a result of significant increases in programming alternatives, could result in a lack of advertisers, or a reduction in the amount advertisers are willing to pay us to advertise, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our dependence upon a single advertising category could adversely affect our business.
 
We derive a material portion of our advertising revenue from the automotive and restaurant industries. In 2009, we earned approximately 17% and 12% of our total revenue from the automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. In 2008, we earned approximately 19% and 10% of our total revenue from the


16


Table of Contents

automotive and restaurant categories, respectively. Our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected if automotive or restaurant-related advertising revenues decrease. Our business and operating results could also be materially adversely affected if revenue decreased from one or more other significant advertising categories, such as the communications, entertainment, financial services, professional services or retail industries.
 
The required phased-in introduction of digital television will continue to require us to incur significant capital and operating costs and may expose us to increased competition.
 
The 2009 requirement to convert from analog to digital television services in the United States may require us to incur significant capital expenditures in replacing our stations’ equipment to produce local programming, including news, in digital format. We cannot be certain that increased revenues will offset these additional capital expenditures.
 
In addition, we also may incur additional costs to obtain programming for the additional channels made available by digital technology. Increased revenues from the additional channels may not offset the conversion costs and additional programming expenses. Multiple channels programmed by other stations may further increase competition in our markets.
 
Any potential hostilities or terrorist attacks, or similar events leading to broadcast interruptions, may affect our revenues and results of operations.
 
If the United States engages in additional foreign hostilities, experiences a terrorist attack or experiences any similar event resulting in interruptions to regularly scheduled broadcasting, we may lose advertising revenue and incur increased broadcasting expenses. Lost revenue and increased expenses may be due to pre-emption, delay or cancellation of advertising campaigns, and increased costs of covering such events. We cannot predict the (i) extent or duration of any future disruption to our programming schedule, (ii) amount of advertising revenue that would be lost or delayed or (iii) amount by which our broadcasting expenses would increase as a result. Any such loss of revenue and increased expenses could negatively affect our future results of operations.
 
Risks Related to Regulatory Matters
 
Federal broadcasting industry regulation limits our operating flexibility.
 
The FCC regulates all television broadcasters, including us. We must obtain FCC approval whenever we (i) apply for a new license, (ii) seek to renew or assign a license, (iii) purchase a new station or (iv) transfer the control of one of our subsidiaries that holds a license. Our FCC licenses are critical to our operations, and we cannot operate without them. We cannot be certain that the FCC will renew these licenses in the future or approve new acquisitions. Our failure to renew any licenses upon the expiration of any license term could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Federal legislation and FCC rules have changed significantly in recent years and may continue to change. These changes may limit our ability to conduct our business in ways that we believe would be advantageous and may affect our operating results.
 
The FCC’s duopoly restrictions limit our ability to own and operate multiple television stations in the same market and our ability to own and operate a television station and newspaper in the same market.
 
The FCC’s ownership rules generally prohibit us from owning or having “attributable interests” in television stations located in the same markets in which our stations are licensed. Accordingly, those rules constrain our ability to expand in our present markets through additional station acquisitions. Current FCC cross-ownership rules prevent us from owning and operating a television station and newspaper in the same market.


17


Table of Contents

The FCC’s National Television Station Ownership Rule limits the maximum number of households we can reach.
 
A single television station owner can reach no more than 39 percent of U.S. households through commonly owned television stations. Accordingly, these rules constrain our ability to expand through additional station acquisitions.
 
Federal legislation and FCC rules have changed significantly in recent years and may continue to change. These changes may limit our ability to conduct our business in ways that we believe would be advantageous and may affect our operating results.
 
The FCC’s National Broadband Plan could result in the reallocation of broadcast spectrum for wireless broadband use, which could materially impair our ability to provide competitive services.
 
On March 16, 2010, the FCC delivered to Congress a “National Broadband Plan.” The National Broadband Plan, inter alia, makes recommendations regarding the use of spectrum currently allocated to television broadcasters, including seeking the voluntary surrender of certain portions of the television broadcast spectrum and repacking the currently allocated spectrum to make portions of that spectrum available for other wireless communications services. If some or all of our television stations are required to change frequencies or reduce the amount of spectrum they use, our stations could incur substantial conversion costs, reduction or loss of over-the-air signal coverage or an inability to provide high definition programming and additional program streams, including mobile video services. Prior to implementation of the proposals contained in the National Broadband Plan, further action by the FCC or Congress or both is necessary. We cannot predict the likelihood, timing or outcome of any Congressional or FCC regulatory action in this regard nor the impact of any such changes upon our business.
 
Our ability to successfully negotiate future retransmission consent agreements may be hindered by the interests of networks with whom we are affiliated.
 
Our affiliation agreements with some broadcast networks include certain terms that may affect our future ability to permit MVPDs to retransmit network programming, and in some cases, we may be unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or any future retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs. In addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate future retransmission consent agreements with the MVPDs in our local markets if the broadcast networks withhold their consent to the retransmission of those portions of our stations’ signals containing network programming, or the networks may require us to pay compensation in exchange for permitting redistribution of network programming by MVPDs. If we are required to make payments to networks in connection with signal retransmission, those payments may adversely affect our operating results. If we are unable to satisfy certain obligations under our existing or future retransmission consent agreements with MVPDs then there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
None.
 
Item 2.   Properties.
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 4370 Peachtree Road, NE, Atlanta, Georgia, 30319. Our administrative offices are located at 126 North Washington St., Third Floor, Albany, Georgia, 31701. Our shared services offices are located at 1801 Halstead Blvd., Tallahassee, Florida, 32309. A complete listing of our television stations and their locations is included on pages three and four of this Annual Report.
 
The types of properties required to support television stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. A station’s studios are generally housed within its offices in each respective market. The transmitter sites and antenna sites are generally located in elevated areas, to provide optimal signal strength and coverage. We own or lease land, office, studio, transmitters and antennas in each of our markets necessary to support our operations in that market area. In some market areas, we also own or lease multiple properties,


18


Table of Contents

such as multiple towers and or translators, to optimize our broadcast capabilities. To the extent that our properties are leased and those leases contain expiration dates, we believe that those leases can be renewed, or that alternative facilities can be leased or acquired, on terms that are comparable, in all material respects, to our existing properties.
 
We generally believe all of our owned and leased properties are in good condition, and suitable for the conduct of our present business.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.
 
We are, from time to time, subject to legal proceedings and claims in the normal course of our business. Based on our current knowledge, we do not believe that any known legal proceedings or claims are likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Item 4.   Reserved.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant.
 
Set forth below is certain information with respect to our executive officers as of March 30, 2010:
 
Hilton H. Howell, Jr., age 48, has been our Chief Executive Officer since August 20, 2008 and has also served as Vice-Chairman since September 2002. Before that, he had been our Executive Vice President since September 2000. He has served as one of our directors since 1993. He is a member of the Executive Committee of our board of directors. He has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Atlantic American Corporation, an insurance holding company, since 1995, and as Chairman of that Company since February 24, 2009. He has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Delta Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company since 1991. He has served as Vice Chairman of Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance Company since 1992 and Vice Chairman of Georgia Casualty & Surety Company from 1992 through 2008. He served as Chairman of the Board of Triple Crown Media, Inc. (“TCM”) from December 2005 until December 2009. Mr. Howell also serves as a director of Atlantic American Corporation and its subsidiaries American Southern Insurance Company, American Safety Insurance Company and Bankers Fidelity Life Insurance Company, as well as Delta Life Insurance Company and Delta Fire and Casualty Insurance Company. He is the son-in-law of Mr. J. Mack Robinson and Mrs. Harriett J. Robinson, both members of our board of directors.
 
Robert S. Prather, Jr., age 65, has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2002. He has served as one of our directors since 1993. He is a member of the Executive Committee of our board of directors. He has been a director of TCM since 1994, and served as Chairman of TCM from December 2005 until November 2007. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer of TCM from May 2005 to December 30, 2005, and has served in that position since November 2007. TCM filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. bankruptcy code on September 14, 2009. The order confirming the Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the bankruptcy code became effective December 8, 2009. He serves as an advisory director of Swiss Army Brands, Inc., and serves on the Board of Trustees of the Georgia World Congress Center Authority. He also serves as a member of the Board of Directors for GAMCO Investors, Inc., Gaylord Entertainment Company and Victory Ventures, Inc.
 
James C. Ryan, age 49, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 1998 and Senior Vice President since September 2002. Before that, he had been our Vice President since October 1998.
 
Robert A. Beizer, age 70, has served as our Vice President for Law and Development and Secretary since 1996. From June 1994 to February 1996, he was of counsel to Venable, LLC, a law firm, in its regulatory and legislative practice group. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Beizer was a partner in the law firm of Sidley & Austin and was head of their communications practice group in Washington, D.C. He is a past president of the Federal Communications Bar Association and has served as a member of the American Bar Association House of Delegates. He is a member of the ABA Forum Committee on Communications Law.


19


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Our common stock, no par value, and our Class A common stock, no par value, have been listed and traded on the NYSE since September 24, 1996 and June 30, 1995, respectively. Prior to September 16, 2002, the common stock was named Class B common stock.
 
The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of the common stock and the Class A common stock as well as the cash dividend declared for the periods indicated. The high and low sales prices of the common stock and the Class A common stock are as reported by the NYSE.
 
                                                 
    Common Stock     Class A Common Stock  
                Cash Dividends
                Cash Dividends
 
                Declared per
                Declared per
 
    High     Low     Share     High     Low     Share  
 
2009:
                                               
First Quarter
  $ 0.54     $ 0.28     $     $ 1.28     $ 0.55     $  
Second Quarter
    0.92       0.32             1.36       0.53        
Third Quarter
    3.57       0.38             3.55       0.50        
Fourth Quarter
    2.89       1.06             2.73       1.12        
2008:
                                               
First Quarter
  $ 8.25     $ 4.69     $ 0.03     $ 8.79     $ 5.82     $ 0.03  
Second Quarter
    6.02       2.67       0.03       7.00       4.00       0.03  
Third Quarter
    3.10       1.61       0.03       4.75       2.72       0.03  
Fourth Quarter
    1.75       0.18             3.50       0.50        
 
As of March 24, 2010, we had 42,879,557 outstanding shares of common stock held by approximately 4,844 stockholders and 5,753,020 outstanding shares of Class A common stock held by approximately 468 stockholders. The number of stockholders includes stockholders of record and individual participants in security position listings as furnished to us pursuant to Rule 17Ad-8 under the Exchange Act.
 
Our Articles of Incorporation provide that each share of common stock is entitled to one vote, and each share of Class A common stock is entitled to 10 votes. The Articles of Incorporation require that the common stock and the Class A common stock receive dividends on a pari passu basis.
 
We have not paid dividends on either class of our common stock since October 15, 2008. Our senior credit facility contains covenants that restrict the amount of funds available to pay cash dividends on our capital stock. Further, the terms of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock contain requirements that, in certain circumstances, will restrict our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and our common stock.
 
We have deferred the cash payment of dividends on our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock earned thereon since October 1, 2008.
 
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing, declaring and/or paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash dividends presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the future. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no mandatory redemption date but may be redeemed at the stockholders’ option on or after June 30, 2015.
 
In addition, the declaration and payment of common stock and Class A common stock dividends are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. Any future payments of dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position and such other factors as our Board of Directors deems relevant. See Note 3. “Long-term Debt and Accrued Facility Fee” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for a further discussion of restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.


20


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph
 
The following stock performance graphs do not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate these graphs by reference therein.
 
The following graphs compare the cumulative total return of the common stock and the Class A common stock from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2009, as compared to the stock market total return indexes for (i) The New York Stock Exchange Market Index and (ii) The New York Stock Exchange Industry Index based upon the Television Broadcasting Stations Index.
 
The graphs assume the investment of $100 in the common stock and the Class A common stock, the New York Stock Exchange Market Index and the NYSE Television Broadcasting Stations Index on January 1, 2005. Dividends are assumed to have been reinvested as paid.
 
Common Stock
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
of One or More Companies, Peer Groups, Industry Indexes and/or
Broad Markets
 
(GRAPH)
 
                                                   
      Fiscal Year Ended
Gray Television Com.
    $ 64.13       $ 55.61       $ 61.75       $ 3.77       $ 14.15  
TV Broadcasting Stations
    $ 96.70       $ 119.48       $ 117.15       $ 61.11       $ 94.07  
NYSE Market Index
    $ 109.36       $ 131.75       $ 143.43       $ 87.12       $ 111.76  
                                                   


21


Table of Contents

Class A Common Stock
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
of One or More Companies, Peer Groups, Industry Indexes and/or
Broad Markets
 
(GRAPH)
 
                                                   
      Fiscal Year Ended
Gray Television Cl A
    $ 64.69       $ 59.62       $ 62.52       $ 4.93       $ 12.74  
TV Broadcasting Stations
    $ 96.70       $ 119.48       $ 117.15       $ 61.11       $ 94.07  
NYSE Market Index
    $ 109.36       $ 131.75       $ 143.43       $ 87.12       $ 111.76  
                                                   


22


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.
 
Certain selected historical consolidated financial data is set forth below. This information with respect to the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006(1)     2005(2)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues(3)
  $ 270,374     $ 327,176     $ 307,288     $ 332,137     $ 261,553  
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses(4)
          338,681                    
Operating income (loss)
    43,079       (258,895 )     53,376       87,991       60,861  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt(5)
    (8,352 )           (22,853 )     (347 )     (6,543 )
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (23,047 )     (202,016 )     (23,151 )     11,711       4,604  
Loss from discontinued publishing and wireless operations, net of income tax of $0, $0, $0, $0 and $3,253 respectively(6)
                            (1,242 )
Net (loss) income
    (23,047 )     (202,016 )     (23,151 )     11,711       3,362  
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
    (40,166 )     (208,609 )     (24,777 )     8,464       (2,286 )
Net (loss) income from continuing operations available to common stockholders per common share:
                                       
Basic
    (0.83 )     (4.32 )     (0.52 )     0.17       (0.02 )
Diluted
    (0.83 )     (4.32 )     (0.52 )     0.17       (0.02 )
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders per common share:
                                       
Basic
    (0.83 )     (4.32 )     (0.52 )     0.17       (0.05 )
Diluted
    (0.83 )     (4.32 )     (0.52 )     0.17       (0.05 )
Cash dividends declared per common share(7)
          0.09       0.12       0.12       0.12  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Total assets
  $ 1,245,739     $ 1,278,265     $ 1,625,969     $ 1,628,287     $ 1,525,054  
Long-term debt (including current portion)
    791,809       800,380       925,000       851,654       792,509  
Long-term accrued facility fee(8)
    18,307                          
Redeemable serial preferred stock(9)
    93,386       92,183             37,451       39,090  
Total stockholders’ equity
    93,620       117,107       337,845       379,754       380,996  
 
 
(1) Reflects the acquisition of WNDU-TV on March 3, 2006 as of the acquisition date. For further information concerning this acquisition, see Part I, Item 1. Business.
 
(2) Reflects the acquisitions of KKCO-TV on January 31, 2005, WSWG-TV on November 10, 2005 and WSAZ-TV on November 30, 2005, as of their respective acquisition dates.
 
(3) Our revenues fluctuate significantly between years, consistent with, among other things, increased political advertising expenditures in even-numbered years.
 
(4) As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write down of $98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations, respectively. As of this testing date, we believe events had occurred and


23


Table of Contents

circumstances changed that more likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events which accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008 included: (i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit margins of some of our stations.
 
(5) In 2009, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related to an amendment of our senior credit facility. In 2007, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related to the refinancing of our senior credit facility and the redemption of our 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes (“9.25% Notes”). In 2006, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related to the repurchase of a portion of our 9.25% Notes. In 2005, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt related to two amendments to our then existing senior credit facility and the repurchase of a portion of our 9.25% Notes.
 
(6) On December 30, 2005, we completed (i) the contribution of all of our membership interests in Gray Publishing, LLC, which included our Gray Publishing and Graylink Wireless businesses and certain other assets, to TCM and (ii) the spinoff of all the common stock of TCM to our shareholders. The selected financial information for 2005 reflects the reclassification of the results of operations of those businesses as discontinued operations, net of income tax.
 
(7) Cash dividends for 2007 and 2006 include a cash dividend of $0.03 per share approved in the fourth quarters of 2007 and 2006, respectively, and paid in the first quarters of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(8) On March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility. Effective on that date, we began to incur an annual facility fee equal to 3% multiplied by the outstanding balance under our senior credit facility. See Note 3. “Long-term Debt and Accrued Facility Fee” of our notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further information regarding our accrued facility fee.
 
(9) On June 26, 2008, we issued 750 shares of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. The no par value Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $100,000 per share, for a total liquidation value of $75.0 million. The issuance of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock generated net cash proceeds of approximately $68.6 million, after a 5.0% original issue discount, transaction fees and expenses. We used $65.0 million of the net cash proceeds to voluntarily prepay a portion of the outstanding balance under our term loan portion of our senior credit facility and used the remaining $3.6 million for general corporate purposes, which included the payment of $635,000 of accrued interest. The $6.4 million of original issue discount, transaction fees and expenses will be accreted over a seven-year period ending June 30, 2015.
 
On July 15, 2008, we issued an additional 250 shares of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock and generated net cash proceeds of approximately $23.0 million, after a 5.0% original issue discount, transaction fees and expenses. We used the net cash proceeds to make an additional $23.0 million voluntary prepayment on the outstanding balance of our term loan portion of our senior credit facility. The $2.0 million of original issue discount, transaction fees and expenses will be accreted over a seven-year period ending June 30, 2015. On May 22, 2007, we redeemed all outstanding shares of our Series C Preferred Stock.
 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
Executive Overview
 
Introduction
 
The following analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Gray Television, Inc. (“we,” “us,” or “our”) should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
 
Overview
 
We own 36 television stations serving 30 television markets. Seventeen of the stations are affiliated with CBS Inc. (“CBS”), ten are affiliated with the National Broadcasting Company, Inc. (“NBC”), eight are affiliated with the American Broadcasting Company (“ABC”), and one is affiliated with FOX Entertainment Group, Inc. (“FOX”). Our 17 CBS-affiliated stations make us the largest independent owner of CBS affiliates


24


Table of Contents

in the United States. Based on the results of the average of the Nielsen March, May, July, and November 2009 ratings reports, our combined station group has 23 markets with stations ranked #1 in local news audience and 21 markets with stations ranked #1 in overall audience within their respective markets. Of the 30 markets that we serve, we operate the #1 or #2 ranked station in 29 of those markets. In addition to our primary channels that we broadcast from our television stations, we currently broadcast 39 digital second channels including one affiliated with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with The CW Network, LLC (“CW”), 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc. (“MyNetworkTV” or “MyNet.”), two affiliated with Universal Sports Network or (“Univ.”) and seven local news/weather channels in certain of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however, our digital second channels are affiliated with networks different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast channels. Our combined TV station group reaches approximately 6.3% of total United States households.
 
Our operating revenues are derived primarily from broadcast and internet advertising, and from other sources such as production of commercials and tower rentals, retransmission consent fees and consulting fees.
 
Broadcast advertising is sold for placement either preceding or following a television station’s network programming and within local and syndicated programming. Broadcast advertising is sold in time increments and is priced primarily on the basis of a program’s popularity among the specific audience an advertiser desires to reach, as measured by Nielsen. In addition, broadcast advertising rates are affected by the number of advertisers competing for the available time, the size and demographic makeup of the market served by the station and the availability of alternative advertising media in the market area. Broadcast advertising rates are the highest during the most desirable viewing hours, with corresponding reductions during other hours. The ratings of a local station affiliated with a major network can be affected by ratings of network programming.
 
We sell internet advertising on our stations’ websites. These advertisements are sold as banner advertisements on the websites, pre-roll advertisements or video and other types of advertisements.
 
Most advertising contracts are short-term, and generally run only for a few weeks. Approximately 67% of the net revenues of our television stations for the year ended December 31, 2009 were generated from local advertising (including political advertising revenues), which is sold primarily by a station’s sales staff directly to local accounts, and the remainder represented primarily by national advertising, which is sold by a station’s national advertising sales representative. The stations generally pay commissions to advertising agencies on local, regional and national advertising and the stations also pay commissions to the national sales representative on national advertising.
 
Broadcast advertising revenues are generally highest in the second and fourth quarters each year. This seasonality results partly from increases in advertising in the spring and in the period leading up to and including the holiday season. Broadcast advertising revenues are also generally higher in even-numbered years, due to spending by political candidates, political parties and special interest groups. This political spending typically is heaviest during the fourth quarter of such years.
 
Our primary broadcasting operating expenses are employee compensation, related benefits and programming costs. In addition, the broadcasting operations incur overhead expenses, such as maintenance, supplies, insurance, rent and utilities. A large portion of the operating expenses of the broadcasting operations is fixed.
 
During the economic recession that began in 2008 and continued through 2009, many of our advertising customers reduced their advertising spending which has reduced our revenue. Also, automotive dealers and manufacturers have traditionally accounted for a significant portion of our revenue. We believe our automotive advertising customers have suffered disproportionately during the recession and have therefore significantly reduced their advertising expenditures, which in turn has negatively impacted our revenues. Our revenues have also come under pressure from the internet as a competitor for advertising spending. We continue to enhance and market our internet websites to generate additional revenue.
 
We have reduced our operating expenses as our revenues have decreased. However, partly due to our significant fixed expenses, the decrease in our revenues has exceeded the decrease in our expenses. Please see


25


Table of Contents

our “Results of Operations” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” sections below for further discussion of our operating results.
 
Revenues
 
Set forth below are the principal types of revenues earned by our broadcasting operations for the periods indicated and the percentage contribution of each to total revenues (dollars in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year End December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
          Percent of
          Percent of
          Percent of
 
    Amount     Total     Amount     Total     Amount     Total  
 
Revenues:
                                               
Local
  $ 170,813       63.2 %   $ 186,492       57.0 %   $ 200,686       65.3 %
National
    53,892       19.9 %     68,417       20.9 %     77,365       25.2 %
Internet
    11,413       4.2 %     11,859       3.6 %     9,506       3.1 %
Political
    9,976       3.7 %     48,455       14.8 %     7,808       2.5 %
Retransmission consent
    15,645       5.8 %     3,046       0.9 %     2,436       0.8 %
Production and other
    7,119       2.6 %     8,155       2.5 %     8,719       2.8 %
Network compensation
    653       0.2 %     752       0.3 %     768       0.3 %
Consulting revenue
    863       0.4 %           0.0 %           0.0 %
                                                 
Total
  $ 270,374       100.0 %   $ 327,176       100.0 %   $ 307,288       100.0 %
                                                 
 
Risk Factors
 
The broadcast television industry is reliant primarily on advertising revenues and faces increased competition. For a discussion of certain other presently known, significant factors that may affect our business, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this Annual Report.
 
Results of Operations
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 (“2009”) Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 (“2008”)
 
Revenue
 
Total revenues decreased $56.8 million, or 17%, to $270.4 million due primarily to decreased local, national, political and internet advertising revenue, decreased network compensation revenue and decreased production and other revenue. These decreases were partially offset by increased retransmission consent revenue and consulting revenue in the year ended December 31, 2009. Retransmission consent revenue increased $12.6 million, or 414%, to $15.6 million reflecting the more profitable terms of our current contracts that we finalized earlier in 2009. Consulting revenue increased to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to revenue from an agreement with Young Broadcasting, Inc. that was effective August 10, 2009. Local advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, decreased $15.7 million, or 8%, to $170.8 million. National advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, decreased $14.5 million, or 21%, to $53.9 million. The decrease in local and national advertising revenue was due to reduced spending by advertisers in the continued recessionary economic environment. Our automotive advertising revenue decreased approximately 31% compared to the prior year. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2008 we earned a total of $3.4 million of net revenue from local and national advertisers during the broadcast of the 2008 Summer Olympics on our ten NBC stations. There were no Olympic Game broadcasts during 2009. The negative effects of the recession were partially offset by increased advertising during the 2009 Super Bowl. Net advertising revenue associated with the broadcast of the 2009 Super Bowl on our ten NBC affiliated stations approximated $750,000, which was an increase from the approximate $130,000 of Super Bowl revenue earned in 2008 on our then six Fox affiliated channels. Political advertising revenues decreased $38.5 million, or 79%, to $10.0 million reflecting reduced advertising from political candidates during the “off year” of the two-year political advertising cycle. However, we did recognize political advertising revenue in the three months ended December 31, 2009 related to increased spending on the national healthcare debate.


26


Table of Contents

Broadcast expenses
 
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization, impairment expense and gain on disposal of assets) decreased $12.0 million, or 6%, to $187.6 million due primarily to a reduction in compensation expense of $3.4 million, professional service expense of $2.2 million, facility fees of $1.1 million, bad debt expense of $0.9 million and syndicated programming expense of $1.1 million. Compensation expenses included payroll and benefit expenses. Payroll expense decreased primarily due to a reduction in the number of employees and reduced commissions. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we employed 2,184 and 2,253 total employees in our broadcast operations which included full-time and part-time employees. This reduction in total employees is a decrease of 3.1% or 69 total employees. Since December 31, 2007, we have reduced our total number of employees by 241, or 9.9%. Our reduction in payroll expense resulting from the reduced number of employees was partially offset by an increase in pension expense of $1.9 million. Pension expense increased due to the use of a lower discount rate in 2009 compared to the discount rate used to calculate the 2008 pension expense and due to the performance of our pension plans’ assets in 2009 and 2008. Professional service expense decreased primarily due to lower national representation fees, which are paid based upon a percentage of our national and political revenue, both of which decreased as discussed above. Facility fees decreased primarily due to lower electricity expense resulting from the discontinuance of our analog broadcasts. Bad debt expense improved due to an improvement in the average age of our accounts receivable balances. Syndicated programming expense decreased primarily due to a lower impairment expense in the current year compared to the prior year. We recorded impairment expenses related to our syndicated television programming during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 of $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
 
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation, amortization, impairment and (gain) loss on disposal of assets) increased $0.1 million, or 1%, to $14.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due primarily to an increase in pension expense of $0.2 million, an increase in relocation expense of $0.2 million and an increase in legal expense of $0.5 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in market research expense of $0.6 million and severance expense of $0.1 million. We currently believe the relocation cost incurred in 2009 will not recur in future years to the same extent as 2009. Also, approximately $0.4 million of the increased legal costs were attributable to the negotiation and documentation of our new retransmission consent agreements, and such costs are currently not anticipated to recur in future periods to the same extent. Corporate and administrative expenses included non-cash stock-based compensation expense during the years ended 2009 and 2008 of $1.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
 
Depreciation
 
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $32.6 million and $34.6 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in depreciation was the result of reduced capital expenditures in recent years compared to that of prior years. As a result, more assets acquired in prior years have become fully depreciated than were purchased in recent years.
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
Amortization of intangible assets was $0.6 million for 2009 as compared to $0.8 million for 2008. Amortization expense decreased in the current year compared to that of the prior year as a result of certain assets becoming fully amortized in the current year.
 
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
 
As of December 31, 2009, we evaluated the recorded value of our goodwill and broadcast licenses for potential impairment and concluded that they were reasonably stated. As a result, we did not record an impairment expense for 2009. As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of $98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a write


27


Table of Contents

down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations, respectively. As of this testing date, we believed events had occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit margins of some of our stations.
 
Gain or loss on disposal of assets
 
Gain on disposal of assets increased $6.0 million, or 367%, to $7.6 million during 2009 as compared to 2008. The FCC has mandated that all broadcasters operating microwave facilities on certain frequencies in the 2 GHz band relocate to other frequencies and upgrade their equipment. The spectrum being vacated by these broadcasters has been reallocated to third parties who, as part of the overall FCC-mandated spectrum reallocation project, must provide affected broadcasters with new digital microwave replacement equipment at no cost to the broadcaster and also reimburse those broadcasters for certain associated out-of-pocket expenses. During 2009 and 2008, we recognized gains of $9.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, on the disposal of equipment associated with the spectrum reallocation project. The gains from the spectrum reallocation project were partially offset by losses on disposals of equipment in the ordinary course of business.
 
Interest expense
 
Interest expense increased $15.0 million, or 28%, to $69.1 million for 2009 compared to 2008. This increase is due to the net effect of higher average interest rates and lower principal balances in 2009 compared to 2008. The average interest rates were 8.4% and 5.9% for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total average principal balance was $796.4 million and $868.3 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. These average interest rates and average principal balances are for the respective period and not the respective ending balance sheet dates. The average interest rates include the effects of our interest rate swap agreements.
 
Loss from early extinguishment of debt
 
On March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility. To obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance costs of approximately $7.4 million, including legal and professional fees. These fees were funded from our existing cash balances. In connection with this transaction, we reported a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $8.4 million for 2009. There was no comparable loss in 2008.
 
Income tax expense or benefit
 
The effective tax rate decreased to 32.8% for 2009 from 35.5% for 2008. The effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate due to the following items:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Statutory federal income tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes
    2.6 %     3.7 %
Change in valuation allowance
    (4.5 )%     0.1 %
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
    1.1 %     (0.2 )%
Goodwill impairment
    0.0 %     (3.0 )%
Other
    (1.4 )%     (0.1 )%
                 
Effective income tax rate
    32.8 %     35.5 %
                 


28


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007 (“2007”)
 
Revenue
 
Total revenues increased $19.9 million, or 6%, to $327.2 million reflecting increased cyclical political advertising revenues. Political advertising revenues increased $40.7 million, or 521%, to $48.5 million reflecting the cyclical influence of the 2008 elections. Local advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, decreased $14.2 million, or 7%, to $186.5 million. National advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, decreased $9.0 million, or 12%, to $68.4 million. Internet advertising revenues, excluding political advertising revenues, increased $2.4 million, or 25%, to $11.9 million reflecting increased website traffic and internet sales initiatives in each of our markets. The increase in political advertising revenue reflects increased advertising from political candidates in the 2008 primary and general elections. Spending on political advertising was the strongest at our stations in Colorado, West Virginia, Wisconsin, Michigan and North Carolina, accounting for a significant portion of the total political net revenue for 2008. The decrease in local and national revenue was largely due to the general weakness in the economy and due to the change in networks broadcasting the Super Bowl. During 2008, we earned approximately $130,000 of net revenue relating to the 2008 Super Bowl broadcast on our six FOX channels compared to approximately $750,000 of net revenue relating to the 2007 Super Bowl broadcast on our 17 CBS channels during 2007. The decrease in local and national revenue was offset in part by $3.4 million of net revenue earned during 2008 attributable to the broadcast of the 2008 Summer Olympics on our ten NBC stations.
 
Broadcast expenses
 
Broadcast expenses (before depreciation, amortization, impairment expense and (gain) loss on disposal of assets) decreased $0.1 million, or approximately 0%, to $199.6 million. This modest decrease primarily reflected the impact of increased national sales representative commissions on the incremental political advertising revenues and increased syndicated programming expenses offset partially by decreases in payroll and other operating expenses. We recorded an impairment expense related to our syndicated television programming of $0.6 million in 2008. Employee payroll and related expenses decreased due to a reduction in our number of employees in 2008 compared to 2007. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we employed 2,253 and 2,425 total employees in our broadcast operations, which included full-time and part-time employees. This reduction in total employees was a decrease of 7.1% or 172 total employees.
 
Corporate and administrative expenses
 
Corporate and administrative expenses (before depreciation, amortization, impairment and (gain) loss on disposal of assets) decreased $1.0 million, or 7%, to $14.1 million. During 2008, corporate payroll expenses decreased by $950,000 compared to 2007, due primarily to a decrease in incentive-based compensation. Corporate and administrative expenses included non-cash stock-based compensation expense during the years ended 2008 and 2007 of $1.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
 
Depreciation
 
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled $34.6 million and $38.6 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in depreciation was the result of a large proportion of our stations’ equipment, which was acquired in 2002, becoming fully depreciated.
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
Amortization of intangible assets was $0.8 million for each of 2008 and 2007. Amortization expense remained consistent to that of the prior year as a result of no acquisitions or disposals of definite-lived intangible assets in 2008.


29


Table of Contents

Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
 
During 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of $98.6 million in the carrying value of our goodwill and a write down of $240.1 million in the carrying value of our broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations, respectively. We tested our unamortized intangible assets for impairment at December 31, 2008. As of the testing date, we believe events had occurred and circumstances changed that more likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit margins of some of our stations.
 
Interest expense
 
Interest expense decreased $13.1 million, or 20%, to $54.1 million for 2008 compared to 2007. This decrease was primarily attributable to lower average principal balances in 2008 compared to 2007 and lower average interest rates. The total average principal balance was $868.3 million and $913.0 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average interest rates were 5.9% and 7.1% for 2008 and 2007, respectively. These average principal balances and interest rates were for the respective period and not the respective ending balance sheet dates. The average interest rates include the effects of our interest rate swap agreements.
 
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
 
In 2007, we replaced our former senior credit facility with a new senior credit facility and redeemed our 9.25% Notes. As a result of these transactions, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $6.5 million related to the senior credit facility and $16.4 million related to the redemption of the 9.25% Notes. The loss related to the redemption of the 9.25% Notes included $11.8 million in premiums, the write-off of $4.0 million in deferred financing costs and $614,000 in unamortized bond discount.
 
Income tax expense or benefit
 
The effective tax rate increased to 35.5% for 2008 from 35.1% for 2007. The effective tax rates differ from the statutory rate due to the following items:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Statutory federal income tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes
    3.7 %     4.1 %
Change in valuation allowance
    0.1 %     (1.2 )%
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
    (0.2 )%     (2.8 )%
Goodwill impairment
    (3.0 )%     0.0 %
Other
    (0.1 )%     0.0 %
                 
Effective income tax rate
    35.5 %     35.1 %
                 


30


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
General
 
The following tables present data that we believe is helpful in evaluating our liquidity and capital resources (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 18,903     $ 73,675  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (17,531 )     (16,340 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (16,021 )     (42,024 )
                 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (14,649 )   $ 15,311  
                 
 
                 
    December 31,
    2009   2008
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16,000     $ 30,649  
Long-term debt including current portion
  $ 791,809     $ 800,380  
Long-term accrued facility fee
  $ 18,307     $  
Preferred stock
  $ 93,386     $ 92,183  
Borrowing availability under our senior credit facility
  $ 31,681     $ 12,262  
Leverage ratio as defined under our senior credit facility:
               
Actual
    8.42       7.14  
Maximum allowed
    8.75       7.25  
 
Senior Credit Facility
 
Our senior credit facility consists of a revolving loan and a term loan. The amount outstanding under our senior credit facility as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $791.8 million and $800.4 million, respectively, comprised solely of the term loan. Under the revolving loan portion of our senior credit facility, the maximum available borrowing capacity was $50.0 million as of December 31, 2009. Of the maximum borrowing capacity available under our revolving loan, the amount that we can draw is limited by certain restrictive covenants, including our total net leverage ratio covenant. Based on such covenant, as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we could have drawn $31.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively, of the $50.0 million maximum borrowing capacity under the revolving loan. Effective as of March 31, 2010, the maximum borrowing capacity available under the revolving loan was reduced to $40.0 million.
 
Under our revolving and term loans, we can choose to pay interest at an annual rate equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.5% or at the lenders’ base rate, generally equal to the lenders’ prime rate, plus 2.5%. This interest is payable in cash throughout the year.
 
In addition, effective as of March 31, 2009, we incur a facility fee at an annual rate of 3.0% on all principal balances outstanding under the revolving and term loans. For the period from March 31, 2009 until April 30, 2010, the annual facility fee for the revolving and term loans accrues and is payable on the respective revolving and term loan maturity dates. The revolving loan and term loan maturity dates are March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively. For the period from April 30, 2010 until maturity of the senior credit facility, the annual facility fee will be payable in cash on a quarterly basis and the amount accrued through April 30, 2010 will bear interest at an annual rate of 6.5%, payable quarterly. As of December 31, 2009, our accrued facility fee of $18.3 million was classified as a long-term liability on our balance sheet. The accrued facility fee is included in determining the amount of total debt in calculating our total net leverage ratio covenant as defined in our senior credit facility.


31


Table of Contents

The average interest rates on our total debt balance outstanding under the senior credit facility as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 6.8% and 4.8%, respectively. These rates are as of the period end and do not include the effects of our interest rate swap agreements. Including the effects of our interest rate swap agreements, the average interest rates on our total debt balances outstanding under the senior credit facility at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 9.8% and 5.6%, respectively.
 
Also under our revolving loan, we pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the $50.0 million revolving loan. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the annual commitment fees were 0.5% and 0.4%, respectively.
 
Collateral and Restrictions
 
The collateral for our senior credit facility consists of substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. In addition, our subsidiaries are joint and several guarantors of the obligations and our ownership interests in our subsidiaries are pledged to collateralize the obligations. The senior credit facility contains affirmative and restrictive covenants. These covenants include but are not limited to (i) limitations on additional indebtedness, (ii) limitations on liens, (iii) limitations on amendments to our by-laws and articles of incorporation, (iv) limitations on mergers and the sale of assets, (v) limitations on guarantees, (vi) limitations on investments and acquisitions, (vii) limitations on the payment of dividends and the redemption of our capital stock, (vii) maintenance of a specified total net leverage ratio not to exceed certain maximum limits, (viii) limitations on related party transactions, (ix) limitations on the purchase of real estate, and (x) limitations on entering into multiemployer retirement plans, as well as other customary covenants for credit facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we were in compliance with all restrictive covenants as required by our senior credit facility.
 
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or operations, other than our investments in our subsidiaries. The aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the subsidiary guarantors as defined in our senior credit facility are substantially equivalent to our assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated basis. The subsidiary guarantors are, directly or indirectly, our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the subsidiary guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and several. All of our current and future direct and indirect subsidiaries are and will be guarantors under the senior credit facility. Accordingly, separate financial statements and other disclosures of each of the subsidiary guarantors are not presented because we have no independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several and any of our subsidiaries other than the subsidiary guarantors are immaterial.
 
Amendments to Our Senior Credit Facility
 
Effective as of March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility (the “2009 amendment”). The 2009 amendment included (i) an increase in the maximum total net leverage ratio covenant for the year ended December 31, 2009, (ii) a general increase in the restrictiveness of our remaining covenants and (iii) increased interest rates, as described below. In connection therewith, we incurred loan issuance costs of approximately $7.4 million, including legal and professional fees. These fees were funded from our existing cash balances. The 2009 amendment of our senior credit facility was determined to be significant and, as a result, we recorded a loss from early extinguishment of debt of $8.4 million.
 
Without the 2009 amendment, we would not have been in compliance with the total net leverage ratio covenant under the senior credit facility and such noncompliance would have caused a default under the agreement as of March 31, 2009. Such a default would have given the lenders thereunder certain rights, including the right to declare all amounts outstanding under our senior credit facility immediately due and payable or to foreclose on the assets securing such indebtedness. The 2009 amendment increased our annual cash interest rate by 2.0% and, beginning April 1, 2009, required the payment of a 3.0% annual facility fee.


32


Table of Contents

As stated above, our senior credit facility requires us to maintain our total net leverage ratio below certain maximum amounts. Our actual total net leverage ratio and our maximum total net leverage ratio allowed under our senior credit facility for recent reporting periods was as follows:
 
                         
    Leverage Ratio
        Maximum Allowed
        Agreement
   
        Giving Effect
  Agreement
        to 2009
  Pre-2009
    Actual   Amendment   Amendment
 
Leverage ratios under our senior credit facility as of:
                       
December 31, 2008
    7.14       NA       7.25  
March 31, 2009
    7.48       8.00       7.25  
June 30, 2009
    7.98       8.25       7.25  
September 30, 2009
    8.22       8.50       7.25  
December 31, 2009
    8.42       8.75       7.00  
 
Assuming we maintain compliance with the financial and other covenants in our senior credit facility, including the total net leverage ratio covenant, we believe that our current cash balance, cash flows from operations and any available funds under the revolving credit line of our senior credit facility will be adequate to provide for our capital expenditures, debt service and working capital requirements through December 31, 2010.
 
Compliance with our total net leverage ratio covenant depends on a number of factors, including the interrelationship of our ability to reduce our outstanding debt and/or the results of our operations. The continuing general economic recession, including the significant decline in advertising by the automotive industry, adversely impacted our ability to generate cash from operations during 2009. Based upon certain internal financial projections, we did not believe that we would be in compliance with our total net leverage ratio as of March 31, 2010 unless we further amended the terms of our senior credit facility. As a result, we requested and obtained such an amendment of our senior credit facility on March 31, 2010.
 
Effective March 31, 2010, we amended our senior credit facility which, among other things, increased the maximum amount of the total net leverage ratio covenant thereunder through March 31, 2011, and reduced the maximum availability under the revolving loan to $40.0 million.
 
Based upon our internal financial projections as of the date of filing this Annual Report and the amended terms of our senior credit facility, we believe that we will be in compliance with all covenants required by our amended senior credit facility as of March 31, 2010. The March 2010 amendment also imposed an additional fee, equal to 2.0% per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, until such time as we complete an offering of capital stock or certain debt securities that results in the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of the term loan outstanding under our senior credit facility. That fee would be eliminated upon such a repayment of amounts under the term loan. In addition, upon completion of a financing that results in the repayment of at least $200.0 million of our term loan, we would achieve additional flexibility under various covenants in our senior credit facility. The use of proceeds from any issuance of additional securities will generally be limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding under our term loan and, in certain circumstances, to the repurchase of outstanding shares of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. There can be no assurance that we will be able to complete such a capital raising transaction, or to repurchase any of our preferred stock, at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to complete such a financing and repayment of amounts under our term loan, we would continue to incur increased fees under our senior credit facility and to be subject to the stricter limits contained in our existing financial covenants. For additional details regarding the March 2010 amendment to our senior credit facility, see Note 14. “Subsequent Event — Long-term Debt Amendment” to our audited financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
For further information concerning our senior credit facility, see Note 3. “Long-term Debt and Accrued Facility Fee” to our audited financial statements included elsewhere herein. For estimates of future principal and interest payments under our senior credit facility, see “Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations as of


33


Table of Contents

December 31, 2009” included elsewhere in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock
 
On June 26, 2008 and July 15, 2008, we issued 750 shares and 250 shares, respectively, of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par value. We used the majority of the net proceeds of these issuances to reduce our outstanding debt balance by $88.0 million during 2008.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had 1,000 shares of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock outstanding. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $100,000 per share for a total liquidation value of $100.0 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Our accrued Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend balances as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $18.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
We made our most recent Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash dividend payment on October 15, 2008, for dividends earned through September 30, 2008. We have deferred the cash payment of our preferred stock dividends earned thereon since October 1, 2008. When three consecutive cash dividend payments with respect to the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remain unfunded, the dividend rate increases from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per annum. Thus, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend began accruing at 17.0% per annum on July 16, 2009 and will accrue at that rate as long as at least three consecutive cash dividend payments remain unfunded. Our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend rate was 15.0% per annum from December 31, 2008 through July 16, 2009. Prior to December 31, 2008, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend rate was 12% per annum.
 
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing, declaring and/or paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash dividends presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the future. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no mandatory redemption date but may be redeemed at the stockholders’ option on or after June 30, 2015. We deferred cash dividends on our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock and correspondingly suspended cash dividends on our common and Class A common stock to reallocate cash resources and support our ability to pay increased interest costs and fees associated with our senior credit facility.
 
See Note 7. “Preferred Stock” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further information concerning the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock.
 
Income Taxes
 
We file a consolidated federal income tax return and such state or local tax returns as are required. Although we may earn taxable operating income in future years, as of December 31, 2009, we anticipate that through the use of our available loss carryforwards we will not pay significant amounts of federal income taxes in the next several years. However, we estimate that we will pay state income taxes in certain states over the next several years.
 
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating, Investing and Financing Activities
 
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $54.8 million to $18.9 million for 2009 compared to net cash provided of $73.7 million for 2008. The decrease in cash provided by operations was due primarily to several factors, including: (i) a decrease in revenues of $56.8 million and (ii) a decrease from a net change in current operating assets and liabilities of $10.9 million partially offset by a decrease in broadcast expenses of $12.0 million.


34


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities increased $1.2 million to $17.5 million for 2009 compared to $16.3 million for 2008. The increase in cash used in investing activities was largely due to increases in capital expenditures for 2009 of $2.8 million.
 
Net cash used in financing activities decreased $26.0 million to $16.0 million for 2009 compared to $42.0 million for 2008. In 2008, we issued our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock and used the proceeds of that issuance along with cash generated from operations to repay a portion of our long-term debt balance. Also, we paid $8.8 million of dividends in 2008. During 2009, we repaid $8.6 million of our long-term debt balance, paid $7.5 million in fees associated with our long-term debt refinancing and suspended the payment of all dividends.
 
Retirement Plan
 
We have three defined benefit pension plans. Two of these plans were assumed by us as a result of our acquisitions and are frozen plans. Our active defined benefit pension plan, which we consider to be our primary pension plan, covers substantially all our full-time employees. Retirement benefits under such plan are based on years of service and the employees’ highest average compensation for five consecutive years during the last ten years of employment. Our funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of existing federal laws and regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
A discount rate is selected annually to measure the present value of the benefit obligations. In determining the selection of a discount rate, we estimated the timing and amounts of expected future benefit payments and applied a yield curve developed to reflect yields available on high-quality bonds. The yield curve is based on an externally published index specifically designed to meet the criteria of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The discount rate selected for determining benefit obligations as of December 31, 2009 was 6.27% which reflects the results of this yield curve analysis. The discount rate used for determining benefit obligations as of December 31, 2008 was 5.79%. Our assumption regarding expected return on plan assets reflects asset allocations, investment strategy and the views of investment managers, as well as historical experience. We use an assumed return of 7.00% for our assets invested in our active pension plan. Actual asset returns for this plan increased in value 14.85% in 2009 and decreased in value of 25.28% in 2008. Other significant assumptions include inflation, salary growth, retirement rates and mortality rates. Our inflation assumption is based on an evaluation of external market indicators. The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience, the near-term outlook and assumed inflation. Compensation increases over the latest five-year period have been in line with assumptions. Retirement and mortality rates are based on actual plan experience.
 
During 2009 and 2008, we contributed $3.5 million and $2.9 million, respectively, to all three of our pension plans and we anticipate making an aggregate contribution of $4.5 million to such plans in 2010.
 
See Note 10. “Retirement Plans” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further information concerning the retirement plans.
 
Capital Expenditures
 
Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $17.8 million and $15.0 million, respectively. The year ended December 31, 2009 included, in part, capital expenditures relating to the conversion of analog broadcasts to digital broadcasts upon the final cessation of analog transmissions, while the year ended December 31, 2008 did not contain comparable projects. We expect that our capital expenditures will be approximately $15.0 million in the year ending December 31, 2010. Our senior credit facility limits our capital expenditures to not more than $15.0 million for the year ending December 31 2010. We expect to fund future capital expenditures with cash from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facility.


35


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Operating Commitments
 
We have various operating lease commitments for equipment, land and office space. We also have commitments for various syndicated television programs.
 
We have two types of syndicated television program contracts: first run programs and off network reruns. The first run programs are programs such as Oprah and the off network programs are programs such as Friends. A difference between the two types of syndicated television programming is that the first run programs have not been produced at the time the contract is signed and the off network programs have been produced. For all syndicated television contracts we record an asset and corresponding liability for payments to be made for the entire “off network” contract period and for only the current year of the “first run” contract period. Only the payments in the current year of the “first run” contracts are recorded on the current balance sheet, because the programs for the later years of the contract period have not been produced and delivered.
 
Obligation to UK
 
On October 12, 2004, the University of Kentucky (“UK”) jointly awarded a sports marketing agreement to a subsidiary of IMG Worldwide, Inc. (“IMG”) and us (the “UK Agreement”). The UK Agreement commenced on April 16, 2005 and has an initial term of seven years, with the option to extend for three additional years.
 
On July 1, 2006, the terms between IMG and us concerning the UK Agreement were amended. The amended agreement provides that we will share in profits in excess of certain amounts specified by the agreement, if any, but not losses. The agreement also provides that we will separately retain all local broadcast advertising revenue and pay all local broadcast expenses for activities under the agreement. Under the amended agreement, IMG agreed to make all license fee payments to UK. However, if IMG is unable to pay the license fee to UK, we will then pay the unpaid portion of the license fee to UK. As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate license fees to be paid by IMG to UK over the remaining portion of the full ten-year term (including optional three additional years) for the agreement is approximately $45.4 million. If we make advances on behalf of IMG, IMG will then reimburse us for the amount paid within 60 days after the close of each contract year which ends on June 30th. IMG has also agreed to pay interest on any advance at a rate equal to the prime rate. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we have not advanced any amounts to UK on behalf of IMG under this agreement.


36


Table of Contents

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations as of December 31, 2009
 
The following table aggregates our material expected contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Payment Due by Period  
          Less than
                More than
 
          1 Year
    1-3 Years
    3-5 Years
    5 Years
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     2010     2011-2012     2013-2014     after 2014  
 
Contractual obligations recorded in our balance sheet as of December 31 2009:
                                       
Long-term debt obligations(1)
  $ 791,809     $ 8,080     $ 16,160     $ 767,569     $  
Long-term accrued facility fee(2)
    18,307                   18,307        
Dividends currently accrued(3)
    18,917                         18,917  
Programming obligations currently accrued(4)
    16,802       15,271       1,241       290        
Interest rate swap agreements(5)
    6,344       6,344                    
Acquisition-related liabilities(6)
    1,790       863       834       93        
Off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31 2009:
                                       
Cash interest on long-term debt obligations(7)
    261,169       53,568       104,939       102,662        
Cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee(8)
    8,189       1,136       3,487       3,566        
Operating lease obligations(9)
    8,119       1,321       1,780       1,231       3,787  
Dividends not currently accrued(10)
    85,000       17,000       34,000       34,000       unknown  
Purchase obligations not currently accrued(11)
    832       832                    
Programming obligations not currently accrued(12)
    22,304       4,502       16,526       1,257       19  
Obligation to UK(13)
    45,426       7,763       15,963       17,200       4,500  
                                         
Total
  $ 1,285,008     $ 116,680     $ 194,930     $ 946,175     $ 27,223  
                                         
 
 
(1) “Long-term debt obligations” represent current and all future payment principal obligations under our senior credit facility. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2009, the interest rate on the balance outstanding under the senior credit facility, excluding effects of interest rate swap agreements, was 6.8%.
 
(2) “Long-term accrued facility fee” represents a facility fee accrued as of December 31, 2009 under our senior credit facility at a rate of 3% per annum and payable in subsequent periods.
 
(3) “Dividends currently accrued” represent Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends accrued as of December 31, 2009 and payable in subsequent periods.
 
(4) “Programming obligations currently accrued” represent obligations for syndicated television programming whose license period has begun and the product is available. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
 
(5) “Interest rate swap agreements” represent certain contracts that allow us to fix the interest rate on a portion of our long-term debt balance. We have estimated obligations associated with these contracts. Although the fair value of these contracts can fluctuate significantly based on market interest rates, the amounts in the table are estimated settlement amounts. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.


37


Table of Contents

 
(6) “Acquisition related liabilities” represent certain obligations associated with acquisitions of television stations that were completed in prior years. These amounts are recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
 
(7) “Cash interest on long-term debt obligations” includes estimated interest expense on long-term debt obligations based upon the average debt balances expected in the future and computed using an interest rate of 6.8%. This was the interest rate on the balance outstanding under the senior credit facility, excluding the effects of our interest rate swap agreements, as of December 31, 2009. Our senior credit facility will mature on December 31, 2014.
 
(8) “Cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee” represents estimated interest expense on the accrued facility fee obligation under our senior credit facility. Effective as of March 31, 2009, we incur a facility fee equal to 3.0% per annum on the outstanding revolving and term loans thereunder. From March 31, 2009 through April 30, 2010, this fee accrues and becomes payable on the respective maturity dates of those loans (March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively). From April 30, 2010 until the maturity dates under the senior credit facility, such accrued amounts bear interest at 6.5% per year. These interest payments are included in this item as “cash interest on long-term accrued facility fee.” From April 30, 2010 until the maturity dates under our senior credit facility, the fee will be payable in cash on a quarterly basis. This portion of the fee is included in the estimate of “Cash interest on long-term debt obligations” above.
 
(9) “Operating lease obligations” represent payment obligations under non-cancelable lease agreements classified as operating leases. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
 
(10) “Dividends not currently accrued” represent Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends for future periods and assumes that the $100 million of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remains outstanding in future periods with a dividend rate of 17%. For the column headed “More than 5 years, after 2014,” we cannot estimate a dividend amount; due to the perpetual nature of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock and its holders’ having the right to request that we repurchase such Stock on or after June 30, 2015.
 
(11) “Purchase obligations not currently accrued” generally represent payment obligations for equipment. It is our policy to accrue for these obligations when the equipment is received and the vendor has completed the work required by the purchase agreement. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date because we had not yet received the equipment.
 
(12) “Programming obligations not currently accrued” represent obligations for syndicated television programming whose license period has not yet begun or the product is not yet available. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date.
 
(13) “Obligation to UK” represents total obligations, excluding any potential revenues, under the UK Agreement. These amounts are not recorded as liabilities as of the current balance sheet date. See “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” immediately preceding this table for additional information concerning this obligation.
 
Estimates of the amount, timing and future funding obligations under our pension plans include assumptions concerning, among other things, actual and projected market performance of plan assets, investment yields, statutory requirements and demographic data for pension plan participants. Pension plan funding estimates are therefore not included in the table above because the timing and amounts of funding obligations for all future periods cannot be reasonably determined. We expect to contribute approximately $4.5 million in total to our active pension plan and the acquired pension plans during 2010.
 
Inflation
 
The impact of inflation on operations has not been significant to date. However, there can be no assurance that a high rate of inflation in the future would not have an adverse effect on operating results, particularly since a significant portion of our senior bank debt is comprised of variable-rate debt.


38


Table of Contents

Other
 
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or operations, other than our investment in our subsidiaries. The aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the Subsidiary Guarantors are substantially equivalent to our assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated basis. The Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in our senior credit facility) are, directly or indirectly, our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and several. All of our current and future direct and indirect subsidiaries are Subsidiary Guarantors. Accordingly, separate financial statements and other disclosures of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented because we have no independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make judgments and estimations that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those reported amounts. We consider our accounting policies relating to intangible assets and income taxes to be critical policies that require judgments or estimations in their application where variances in those judgments or estimations could make a significant difference to future reported results. Our policies concerning intangible assets are disclosed below.
 
Annual Impairment Testing of Broadcast Licenses and Goodwill
 
Our annual impairment testing of broadcast licenses and goodwill for each individual television station requires an estimation of the fair value of each broadcast license and the fair value of the entire television station which we consider a reporting unit. Such estimations generally rely on analyses of public and private comparative sales data as well as discounted cash flow analyses that inherently require multiple assumptions relating to the future prospects of each individual television station including, but not limited to: (i) expected long-term market growth characteristics, (ii) estimations regarding a station’s future expected viewing audience, (iii) station revenue shares within a market, (iv) future expected operating expenses, (v) costs of capital and (vi) appropriate discount rates. We believe that the assumptions we utilize in analyzing potential impairment of broadcast licenses and/or goodwill for each of our television stations are reasonable individually and in the aggregate. However, these assumptions are highly subjective and changes in any one assumption, or a combination of assumptions, could produce significant differences in the calculated outcomes.
 
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we utilize a discounted cash flow model supported by a market multiple approach. We believe that a discounted cash flow analysis is the most appropriate methodology to test the recorded value of long-term assets with a demonstrated long-lived/enduring franchise value. We believe the results of the discounted cash flow and market multiple approaches provide reasonable estimates of the fair value of our reporting units because these approaches are based on our actual results and reasonable estimates of future performance, and also take into consideration a number of other factors deemed relevant by us, including but not limited to, expected future market revenue growth, market revenue shares and operating profit margins. We have consistently used these approaches in determining the fair value of our goodwill. We also consider a market multiple valuation method to corroborate our discounted cash flow analysis. We believe that this methodology is consistent with the approach that any strategic market participant would utilize if they were to value one of our television stations.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the recorded value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill was approximately $819.0 million and $170.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the recorded value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill was approximately $819.0 million and $170.5 million, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of $98.6 million in the recorded value of our goodwill at seven of our stations and a write-down of $240.1 million in the recorded value of our broadcast licenses at 23 of our stations. We did not record an impairment expense related to our broadcast licenses or goodwill during 2009 or 2007. Neither of these asset types are amortized; however, they are both subject to impairment testing.


39


Table of Contents

Prior to January 1, 2002, acquired broadcast licenses were valued at the date of acquisition using a residual method. The recorded value of these broadcast licenses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $341.0 million. The impairment charge recorded as of December 31, 2008 for these broadcast licenses approximated $129.6 million. After December 31, 2001, acquired broadcast licenses were valued at the date of acquisition using an income method that assumes an initial hypothetical start-up operation. This change in methodology was due to a change in accounting requirements. The book value of these broadcast licenses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was approximately $478.0 million. The impairment expense recorded as of December 31, 2008 for these broadcast licenses approximated $110.5 million. Regardless of whether we initially recorded the value of our broadcast licenses using the residual or the income method, for purposes of testing for potential impairment we use the income method to estimate the fair value of our broadcast licenses.
 
We test for impairment of broadcast licenses and goodwill on an annual basis on the last day of each fiscal year. However, we will test for impairment during any reporting period if certain triggering events occur. The two most recent impairment testing dates were as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. A summary of the significant assumptions used in our impairment analyses of broadcast licenses and goodwill as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 is presented below. Following the summary of assumptions is a sensitivity analysis of those assumptions as of December 31, 2009. Our reporting units, allocations of our broadcast licenses and goodwill and our methodologies were consistent as of both testing dates.
 
Summary
 
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Pre-tax impairment charge:
               
Broadcast licenses
  $     $ 240.1  
Goodwill
  $     $ 98.6  
Significant assumptions:
               
Forecast period
    10 years       10 years  
Increase or (decrease) in market advertising revenue for projection year 1 compared to latest historical period(1)
    (4.4)% to 8.9%       (15.8)% to (2.3)%  
Positive or (negative) advertising revenue compound growth rate for forecast period
    (0.3)% to 3.7%       1.1% to 3.4%  
Operating cash flow margin:
               
Broadcast licenses
    8.3% to 50.0%       11.0% to 50.0%  
Goodwill
    11.1% to 50.0%       11.5% to 50.0%  
Discount rate:
               
Broadcast licenses
    9.50%       10.50%  
Goodwill
    10.50%       11.50%  
 
 
(1) Depending on whether the first year of the respective projection period is an even- or odd-numbered year, assumptions relating to market advertising growth rates can vary significantly from year to year reflecting the significant cyclical impact of political advertising in even-numbered years. The fiscal 2009 analysis generally anticipated an increase in revenues for fiscal 2010. As a result, overall future projected revenue growth rates thereafter were low given the high starting point of these projections. Conversely, since the fiscal 2008 analysis assumed cyclically low revenues for fiscal 2009, the subsequent projected growth rates were higher.
 
When estimating the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill, we make assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, operating cash flow margins and discount rates. These assumptions require substantial judgment. Although we did not record an impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2009, we may have recorded such an adjustment if we had changed certain assumptions. The following table contains a


40


Table of Contents

sensitivity analysis of these assumptions and a hypothetical impairment charge that would have resulted if our advertising revenue growth rate and our operating cash flow margin had been revised lower or if our discount rate had been revised higher. We also provide a hypothetical impairment charge assuming a 5% and 10% decrease in the fair value of our broadcast licenses and enterprise values.
 
                 
    Hypothetical
 
    Impairment Charge
 
    As of December 31, 2009  
    Broadcast
       
    License     Goodwill  
    (In millions)  
 
Hypothetical change:
               
A 100 basis point decrease in advertising revenue growth rate throughout the forecast period
  $ 29.4     $ 3.9  
A 100 basis point decrease in operating cash flow margin throughout the forecast period
  $ 0.5     $  
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate
  $ 29.9     $ 4.2  
A 5% reduction in the fair value of broadcast licenses and enterprise values
  $ 1.1     $  
A 10% reduction in the fair value of broadcast licenses and enterprise values
  $ 6.8     $ 2.8  
 
These hypothetical non-cash impairment charges would not have any direct impact on our liquidity, senior credit facility covenant compliance or future results of operations. Our historical operating results may not be indicative of our future operating results. Our future ten-year discounted cash flow analysis, which fundamentally supports our estimated fair values as of December 31, 2009, reflected certain assumptions relating to the expected impact of the current general economic recession and dislocation of the credit markets.
 
In addition, the change in macroeconomic factors impacting the credit markets caused us to decrease our assumed discount rate to 9.5% for valuing broadcast licenses and to 10.5% for valuing goodwill in 2009 as compared to the 10.5% discount rate used to value broadcast licenses and the 11.5% rate used to value goodwill in 2008. The discount rates used in our impairment analysis were based upon the after-tax rate determined using a weighted-average cost of capital calculation for media companies. In calculating the discount rates, we considered estimates of the long-term mean market return, industry beta, corporate borrowing rate, average industry debt to capital ratio, average industry equity capital ratio, risk free rate and the tax rate. We believe using a discount rate based on a weighted-average cost of capital calculation for media companies is appropriate because it would be reflective of rates active participants in the media industry would utilize in valuing broadcast licenses and/or broadcast enterprises.
 
Valuation of Network Affiliation Agreements
 
We believe that the value of a television station is derived primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license. These attributes have a significant impact on the audience for network programming in a local television market compared to the national viewing patterns of the same network programming.
 
Certain other broadcasting companies have valued network affiliations on the basis that it is the affiliation and not the other attributes of the station, including its broadcast license, that contributes to the operational performance of that station. As a result, we believe that these broadcasting companies allocate a significant portion of the purchase price for any station that they may acquire to the network affiliation relationship and include in their network affiliation valuation amounts related to attributes which we believe are more appropriately reflected in the value of the broadcast license or goodwill.
 
The methodology we used to value these stations was based on our evaluation of the broadcast licenses acquired and the characteristics of the markets in which they operated. Given our assumptions and the specific attributes of the stations we acquired from 2002 through December 31, 2009, we ascribed no incremental value to the incumbent network affiliation relationship in each market beyond the cost of negotiating a new


41


Table of Contents

agreement with another network and the value of any terms of the affiliation agreement that were more favorable or unfavorable than those generally prevailing in the market.
 
Some broadcast companies may use methods to value acquired network affiliations different than those that we use. These different methods may result in significant variances in the amount of purchase price allocated to these assets among broadcast companies.
 
If we were to assign higher values to all of our network affiliations and less value to our broadcast licenses or goodwill and if it is further assumed that such higher values of the network affiliations are definite-lived intangible assets, this reallocation of value might have a significant impact on our operating results. It should be noted that there is diversity of practice within the industry, and some broadcast companies have considered such network affiliation intangible assets to have a life ranging from 15 to 40 years depending on the specific assumptions utilized by those broadcast companies.
 
The following table reflects the hypothetical impact of the reassignment of value from broadcast licenses to network affiliations for all our prior acquisitions (the first acquisition being in 1994) and the resulting increase in amortization expense assuming a hypothetical 15-year amortization period as of our most recent impairment testing date of December 31, 2009 (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                         
        Percentage of Total
        Value Reassigned to
        Network
    As
  Affiliation Agreements
    Reported   50%   25%
 
Balance Sheet (As of December 31, 2009):
                       
Broadcast licenses
  $ 818,981     $ 262,598     $ 540,789  
Other intangible assets, net (including network affiliation agreements)
    1,316       185,347       93,332  
Statement of Operations
(For the year ended December 31, 2009):
                       
Amortization of intangible assets
    577       36,626       18,602  
Operating income
    43,079       7,030       25,054  
Net loss
    (23,047 )     (45,037 )     (34,042 )
Net loss available to common stockholders
    (40,166 )     (62,156 )     (51,161 )
Net loss available to common stockholders, per share — basic and diluted
  $ (0.83 )   $ (1.28 )   $ (1.05 )
 
In future acquisitions, the valuation of the network affiliations may differ from the values of previous acquisitions due to the different characteristics of each station and the market in which it operates.
 
Market Capitalization
 
When we test our broadcast licenses and goodwill for impairment, we also consider our market capitalization. During 2009, our market capitalization has increased from its 2008 lows. As of December 31, 2009, our market capitalization was less than our book value and it remains less than book value as of the date of this filing. We believe the decline in our stock price has been influenced, in part, by the current state of the national credit market and the national economic recession. We believe that it is appropriate to view the current state of credit markets and recession as relatively temporary in relation to reporting units that have demonstrated long-lived/enduring franchise value. Accordingly, we believe that a variance between market capitalization and fair value can exist and that difference could be significant at points in time due to intervening macroeconomic influences.
 
Income Taxes
 
We have approximately $285.3 million in federal operating loss carryforwards, which expire during the years 2020 through 2029. Additionally, we have an aggregate of approximately $328.6 million of various state operating loss carryforwards. We project to have taxable income in the carryforward periods. Therefore, we believe that it is more likely than not that the federal net operating loss carryforwards will be fully utilized.


42


Table of Contents

A valuation allowance has been provided for a portion of the state net operating loss carryforwards. We believe that it will not meet the more likely than not threshold in certain states due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient income. Therefore, the state valuation allowance at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $6.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, a full valuation allowance of $264,000 and $261,000, respectively, has been provided for the capital loss carryforwards, as we believe that we will not meet the more likely than not threshold due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient capital gains in the carryforward period.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Various authoritative accounting organizations have issued accounting pronouncements that we will be required to adopt at a future date. Either (i) we have reviewed these pronouncements and concluded that their adoption will not have a material affect upon our liquidity or results of operations or (ii) we are continuing to evaluate the pronouncements. See Note 1. “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein for further discussion of recent accounting principles.
 
Cautionary Statements for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21 E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are all statements other than those of historical fact. When used in this Annual Report, the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “will,” “may,” “should” and similar words and expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements also include, among other things, statements that describe our expectations regarding compliance with the covenants contained in our senior credit facility. Readers of this Annual Report are cautioned that any forward-looking statements, including those regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of our management, are not guarantees of future performance, results or events and involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual results and events may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to, those listed in Item 1A. of this Annual Report and the other factors described from time to time in our SEC filings. The forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
 
Based on our floating rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2009, a 100 basis point increase in market interest rates would have increased our interest expense and decreased our income before income taxes for the year 2009 by approximately $3.3 million. Similarly, based on our floating rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2009, a 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates would have decreased our interest expense and increased our income before income taxes for the year 2009 by approximately $3.3 million.
 
The carrying amount of our long-term debt, including the current portion and long-term accrued facility fee, was $810.1 million and $800.4 million, respectively, and the fair value was $704.8 million and $312.1 million, respectively as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Fair value of our long-term debt, including the current portion and long-term accrued facility fee, is based on estimates provided by third party financial professionals as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Management believes that these estimated fair values as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were not an accurate indicator of fair value, given that (i) our debt has a relatively limited number of market participants, relatively infrequent market trading and generally small dollar volume of actual trades and (ii) management believes there continues to exist a general disruption of the financial markets. Based upon consideration of alternate valuation methodologies, including our historic and projected future cash flows, as well as historic private trading valuations of television stations and/or television companies, we believe that the estimated fair value of our long-term debt would more closely approximate the recorded book value of the debt as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


43


Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
         
    Page
 
    45  
    46  
    48  
    49  
    50  
    53  
    54  


44


Table of Contents

 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the SEC, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our acquisitions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In connection with the preparation of our annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or the COSO Framework. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls.
 
Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.
 
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.


45


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Gray Television, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gray Television, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a). We also have audited Gray Television, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Gray Television, Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements, the financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements, the financial statement schedule and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a)  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Gray Television, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole; presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. Further in


46


Table of Contents

our opinion Gray Television, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission .
 
As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2007 the company changed its method of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes.
 
/s/  McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
 
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
April 6, 2010


47


Table of Contents

GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Assets:
               
Current assets:
               
Cash
  $ 16,000     $ 30,649  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,092 and $1,543, respectively
    57,179       54,685  
Current portion of program broadcast rights, net
    10,220       10,092  
Deferred tax asset
    1,597       1,830  
Marketable securities
          1,384  
Prepaid and other current assets
    1,788       3,167  
                 
Total current assets
    86,784       101,807  
Property and equipment, net
    148,092       162,903  
Deferred loan costs, net
    1,619       2,850  
Broadcast licenses
    818,981       818,981  
Goodwill
    170,522       170,522  
Other intangible assets, net
    1,316       1,893  
Investment in broadcasting company
    13,599       13,599  
Other
    4,826       5,710  
                 
Total assets
  $ 1,245,739     $ 1,278,265  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 6,047     $ 11,515  
Employee compensation and benefits
    9,675       9,603  
Accrued interest
    13,531       9,877  
Other accrued expenses
    4,814       9,128  
Interest rate hedge derivatives
    6,344        
Dividends payable
          3,000  
Federal and state income taxes
    4,206       4,374  
Current portion of program broadcast obligations
    15,271       15,236  
Acquisition related liabilities
    863       980  
Deferred revenue
    6,241       10,364  
Current portion of long-term debt
    8,080       8,085  
                 
Total current liabilities
    75,072       82,162  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    783,729       792,295  
Long-term accrued facility fee
    18,307        
Program broadcast obligations, less current portion
    1,531       1,534  
Deferred income taxes
    142,204       143,975  
Long-term deferred revenue
    2,638       3,310  
Long-term accrued dividends
    18,917        
Accrued pension costs
    13,969       18,782  
Interest rate hedge derivatives
          24,611  
Other
    2,366       2,306  
                 
Total liabilities
    1,058,733       1,068,975  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
               
Preferred stock, no par value; cumulative; redeemable; designated 1.00 shares, issued and outstanding 1.00 shares, ($100,000 aggregate liquidation value)
    93,386       92,183  
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, no par value; authorized 100,000 shares, issued 47,530 shares and 47,179 shares, respectively
    453,824       452,289  
Class A common stock, no par value; authorized 15,000 shares, issued 7,332 shares
    15,321       15,321  
Accumulated deficit
    (303,698 )     (263,532 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax benefit
    (9,314 )     (24,458 )
                 
      156,133       179,620  
Treasury stock at cost, common stock, 4,655 shares
    (40,115 )     (40,115 )
Treasury stock at cost, Class A common stock, 1,579 shares
    (22,398 )     (22,398 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    93,620       117,107  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,245,739     $ 1,278,265  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


48


Table of Contents

GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except for per share data)  
 
Revenues (less agency commissions)
  $ 270,374     $ 327,176     $ 307,288  
Operating expenses before depreciation, amortization, impairment, and gain on disposal of assets, net
                       
Broadcast
    187,583       199,572       199,687  
Corporate and administrative
    14,168       14,097       15,090  
Depreciation
    32,595       34,561       38,558  
Amortization of intangible assets
    577       792       825  
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
          338,681        
Gain on disposals of assets, net
    (7,628 )     (1,632 )     (248 )
                         
Operating expenses
    227,295       586,071       253,912  
                         
Operating income (loss)
    43,079       (258,895 )     53,376  
Other income (expense):
                       
Miscellaneous income (expense), net
    54       (53 )     972  
Interest expense
    (69,088 )     (54,079 )     (67,189 )
Loss from early extinguishment of debt
    (8,352 )           (22,853 )
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (34,307 )     (313,027 )     (35,694 )
Income tax benefit
    (11,260 )     (111,011 )     (12,543 )
                         
Net loss
    (23,047 )     (202,016 )     (23,151 )
Preferred dividends (includes accretion of issuance cost of $1,202, $576 and $439, respectively)
    17,119       6,593       1,626  
                         
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (40,166 )   $ (208,609 )   $ (24,777 )
                         
Basic and diluted per share information:
                       
Net loss available to common stockholders
  $ (0.83 )   $ (4.32 )   $ (0.52 )
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
    48,510       48,302       47,788  
                         
Dividends declared per share
  $     $ 0.09     $ 0.12  
 
See accompanying notes.


49


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
                                                                                         
                                                          Accumulated
       
    Class A
                      Class A
    Common
    Other
       
    Common Stock     Common Stock     Accumulated
    Treasury Stock     Treasury Stock     Comprehensive
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Income (Loss)     Total  
    (In thousands, except for number of shares)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    7,331,574     $ 15,321       45,690,633     $ 443,698     $ (20,026 )     (1,578,554 )   $ (22,398 )     (3,123,750 )   $ (34,412 )   $ (2,429 )   $ 379,754  
Net loss
                            (23,151 )                                    
Loss on derivatives, net of
                                                                                       
income tax
                                                          (10,754 )      
Adjustment to pension liability, net of income tax
                                                          136        
Comprehensive loss
                                                                (33,769 )
Common stock cash dividends ($0.12) per share
                            (5,757 )                                   (5,757 )
Preferred stock dividends (including accretion of original issuance costs)
                            (1,626 )                                   (1,626 )
Issuance of common stock:
                                                                                       
401(k) plan
                264,419       2,242                                           2,242  
Non-qualified stock plan
                163,295       1,271                                           1,271  
Directors’ restricted stock plan
                55,000                                                  
Repurchase of common stock
                                              (647,800 )     (5,518 )           (5,518 )
Share-based compensation
                      1,248                                           1,248  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    7,331,574     $ 15,321       46,173,347     $ 448,459     $ (50,560 )     (1,578,554 )   $ (22,398 )     (3,771,550 )   $ (39,930 )   $ (13,047 )   $ 337,845  
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes.


50


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME — (Continued)
 
                                                                                         
                                                          Accumulated
       
    Class A
                      Class A
    Common
    Other
       
    Common Stock     Common Stock     Accumulated
    Treasury Stock     Treasury Stock     Comprehensive
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Income (Loss)     Total  
    (In thousands, except for number of shares)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
    7,331,574     $ 15,321       46,173,347     $ 448,459     $ (50,560 )     (1,578,554 )   $ (22,398 )     (3,771,550 )   $ (39,930 )   $ (13,047 )   $ 337,845  
Net loss
                            (202,016 )                                    
Loss on derivatives, net of
                                                                                       
income tax
                                                          (4,262 )      
Adjustment to pension liability, net of income tax
                                                          (7,149 )      
Comprehensive loss
                                                                (213,427 )
Common stock cash dividends ($0.09) per share
                            (4,363 )                                   (4,363 )
Preferred stock dividends (including accretion of original issuance costs)
                            (6,593 )                                   (6,593 )
Issuance of common stock:
                                                                                       
401(k) plan
                950,601       2,380                                           2,380  
Directors’ restricted stock plan
                55,000                                                  
Repurchase of common stock
                                              (883,200 )     (185 )           (185 )
Share-based compensation
                      1,450                                           1,450  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    7,331,574     $ 15,321       47,178,948     $ 452,289     $ (263,532 )     (1,578,554 )   $ (22,398 )     (4,654,750 )   $ (40,115 )   $ (24,458 )   $ 117,107  
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes.


51


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS — (Continued)
 
                                                                                         
                                                          Accumulated
       
    Class A
                      Class A
    Common
    Other
       
    Common Stock     Common Stock     Accumulated
    Treasury Stock     Treasury Stock     Comprehensive
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Deficit     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Income (Loss)     Total  
    (In thousands, except for number of shares)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    7,331,574     $ 15,321       47,178,948     $ 452,289     $ (263,532 )     (1,578,554 )   $ (22,398 )     (4,654,750 )   $ (40,115 )   $ (24,458 )   $ 117,107  
Net loss
                            (23,047 )                                    
Gain on derivatives, net of income tax
                                                          11,143        
Adjustment to pension liability, net of income tax
                                                          4,001        
Comprehensive loss
                                                                (7,903 )
Preferred stock dividends (including accretion of original issuance costs)
                            (17,119 )                                   (17,119 )
Issuance of common stock:
                                                                                       
401(k) plan
                350,554       147                                           147  
Share-based compensation
                      1,388                                           1,388  
                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    7,331,574     $ 15,321       47,529,502     $ 453,824     $ (303,698 )     (1,578,554 )   $ (22,398 )     (4,654,750 )   $ (40,115 )   $ (9,314 )   $ 93,620  
                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes.
 


52


Table of Contents

GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (23,047 )   $ (202,016 )   $ (23,151 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    32,595       34,561       38,558  
Amortization of intangible assets
    577       792       825  
Amortization of deferred loan costs
    329       475       967  
Amortization of restricted stock awards
    1,388       1,450       1,248  
Loss from early extinguishment of debt
    8,352             22,853  
Accrual of long-term accrued facility fee
    18,307              
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
          338,681        
Amortization of program broadcast rights
    15,130       16,070       15,194  
Payments on program broadcast obligations
    (15,287 )     (13,968 )     (14,101 )
Common stock contributed to 401(K) Plan
    147       2,380       2,242  
Deferred revenue, network compensation
    (617 )     (604 )     (300 )
Deferred income taxes
    (11,219 )     (110,990 )     (13,823 )
Gain on disposals of assets, net
    (7,628 )     (1,632 )     (248 )
Payment for sports marketing agreement
                (4,950 )
Other
    2,574       257       173  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:
                       
Accounts receivable
    (2,483 )     8,385       (2,089 )
Other current assets
    3,208       3,387       (3,169 )
Accounts payable
    (4,238 )     2,162       2,082  
Employee compensation, benefits and pension costs
    72       (2,017 )     288  
Accrued expenses
    (2,288 )     870       (374 )
Accrued interest
    3,654       (6,001 )     5,047  
Income taxes payable
    (168 )     (282 )     1,141  
Deferred revenue other, including current portion
    (455 )     1,715       (53 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    18,903       73,675       28,360  
                         
Investing activities
                       
Acquisition of television businesses and licenses, net of cash acquired
                (92 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    (17,756 )     (15,019 )     (24,605 )
Proceeds from asset sales
    104       199       272  
Equipment transactions related to spectrum reallocation, net
    697       (766 )     (211 )
Payments on acquisition related liabilities
    (805 )     (779 )     (1,012 )
Other
    229       25       (14 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (17,531 )     (16,340 )     (25,662 )
                         
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from borrowings on long-term debt
          16,000       392,500  
Repayments of borrowings on long-term debt
    (8,571 )     (140,621 )     (318,500 )
Deferred and other loan costs
    (7,450 )           (16,255 )
Dividends paid, net of accreted preferred stock dividend
          (8,825 )     (7,709 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
                1,271  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          91,607        
Purchase of common stock
          (185 )     (5,518 )
Redemption of preferred stock
                (31,400 )
Redemption and purchase of preferred stock from related party
                (6,490 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (16,021 )     (42,024 )     7,899  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (14,649 )     15,311       10,597  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    30,649       15,338       4,741  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 16,000     $ 30,649     $ 15,338  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


53


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Description of Business
 
Gray Television, Inc. is a television broadcast company headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. We own 36 television stations serving 30 television markets. Seventeen of the stations are affiliated with CBS Inc. (“CBS”), ten are affiliated with the National Broadcasting Company, Inc. (“NBC”), eight are affiliated with the American Broadcasting Company (“ABC”), and one is affiliated with FOX Entertainment Group, Inc. (“FOX”). In addition to our primary channels that we broadcast from our television stations, we currently broadcast 39 digital second channels including one affiliated with ABC, four affiliated with FOX, seven affiliated with The CW Network, LLC (“CW”), 18 affiliated with Twentieth Television, Inc. (“MyNetworkTV” or “MyNet.”), two affiliated with Universal Sports Network or (“Univ.”) and seven local news/weather channels in certain of our existing markets. We created our digital second channels to better utilize our excess broadcast spectrum. The digital second channels are similar to our primary broadcast channels; however, our digital second channels are affiliated with networks different from those affiliated with our primary broadcast channels. Our operations consist of one reportable segment.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Broadcasting advertising revenue is generated primarily from the sale of television advertising time to local, national and political customers. Internet advertising revenue is generated from the sale of advertisements on our stations’ websites. Broadcast network compensation is generated by contractual payments to us from the broadcast networks. Retransmission consent revenue is generated by payments to us from cable and satellite distribution systems for their retransmission of our broadcasts. Advertising revenue is billed to the customer and recognized when the advertisement is broadcast or appears on our stations’ websites. Broadcast network compensation is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract. Retransmission consent revenue is recognized as earned over the life of the contract. Cash received which has not yet been recognized as revenue is presented as deferred revenue.
 
Barter Transactions
 
We account for trade barter transactions involving the exchange of tangible goods or services with our customers as revenue. The revenue is recorded at the time the advertisement is broadcast and the expense is recorded at the time the goods or services are used. The revenue and expense associated with these transactions are based on the fair value of the assets or services involved in the transaction. Trade barter revenue and expense recognized by us for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Trade barter revenue
  $ 1,289     $ 1,850     $ 2,256  
Trade barter expense
    (1,324 )     (1,892 )     (2,116 )
                         
Net trade barter (expense) income
  $ (35 )   $ (42 )   $ 140  
                         
 
We do not account for barter revenue and related barter expense generated from network or syndicated programming as such amounts are not material. Furthermore, any such barter revenue recognized would then


54


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
require the recognition of an equal amount of barter expense. The recognition of these amounts would have no effect upon net income (loss).
 
Advertising Expense
 
We recorded advertising expense of $0.8 million, $1.3 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In 2009 and 2008, advertising expense decreased as a result of general cost reduction initiatives. In 2007, advertising expense increased as a result of the acquisition of stations and the expansion of operations at existing stations through digital second channels. We expense all advertising expenditures.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Our actual results could materially differ from these estimated amounts. Our most significant estimates are used for our allowance for doubtful accounts in receivables, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, amortization of program rights and intangible assets, stock-based compensation, pension costs, income taxes, employee medical insurance claims, useful lives of property and equipment, contingencies and litigation.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We record a provision for doubtful accounts based on a percentage of receivables. We recorded expenses for this allowance of $0.9 million, $1.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We write-off accounts receivable balances when we determine that they have become uncollectible.
 
Program Broadcast Rights
 
Rights to programs available for broadcast under program license agreements are initially recorded at the beginning of the license period for the amounts of total license fees payable under the license agreements and are charged to operating expense over the period that the episodes are broadcast. The portion of the unamortized balance expected to be charged to operating expense in the succeeding year is classified as a current asset, with the remainder classified as a non-current asset. The liability for the license fees payable under program license agreements is classified as current or long-term, in accordance with the payment terms of the various license agreements.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method. Buildings, towers, improvements and equipment are generally depreciated over estimated useful lives of approximately 35 years, 20 years, 10 years and 5 years, respectively. Maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to operations as incurred; major replacements and betterments are capitalized. The cost of any assets sold or retired and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts at the


55


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
time of disposition, and any resulting profit or loss is reflected in income or expense for the period. The following table lists components of property and equipment by major category (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Property and equipment:
               
Land
  $ 23,046     $ 22,452  
Buildings and improvements
    51,606       49,766  
Equipment
    291,682       296,013  
                 
      366,334       368,231  
Accumulated depreciation
    (218,242 )     (205,328 )
                 
Total property and equipment, net
  $ 148,092     $ 162,903  
                 
 
Deferred Loan Costs
 
Loan acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the applicable indebtedness using a straight-line method that approximates the effective interest method.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
We own office equipment, broadcasting equipment, leasehold improvements and transmission towers, some of which are located on, or are housed in, leased property or facilities. At the conclusion of several of these leases we are legally obligated to dismantle, remove and otherwise properly dispose of and remediate the facility or property. We estimate our asset retirement obligation based upon the cash flows of the costs to be incurred and the net present value of those estimated amounts. The asset retirement obligation is recognized as a non-current liability and as a component of the cost of the related asset. Changes to our asset retirement obligation resulting from revisions to the timing or the amount of the original undiscounted cash flow estimates are recognized as an increase or decrease to the carrying amount of the asset retirement obligation and the related asset retirement cost capitalized as part of the related property, plant, or equipment. Changes in the asset retirement obligation resulting from accretion of the net present value of the estimated cash flows are recognized as operating expenses. We recognize depreciation expense of the capitalized cost over the estimated life of the lease. Our estimated obligations become due at varying times during the years 2010 through 2059. The liability recognized for our asset retirement obligations was approximately $465,000 and $507,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Related to our asset retirement obligations, we recorded a gain of $3,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and expenses of $28,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
We provide advertising air-time to national and local advertisers within the geographic areas in which we operate. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition, and generally advance payment is not required except for political advertising. Credit losses are provided for in the financial statements and consistently have been within our expectations that are based upon our prior experience.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 17% and 12% of our broadcast revenue was obtained from advertising sales to automotive and restaurant customers, respectively. We experienced similar industry-based concentrations of revenue in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. Although our revenues can be affected by changes within these industries, we believe this risk is in part mitigated due to the fact that no one customer accounted for in excess of 5% of our revenue in any of these periods. Furthermore, our large geographic operating area partially mitigates the potential effect of regional economic changes.


56


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
However, during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, our overall revenues have been negatively impacted by the economic recession, including the recession’s effect upon the automotive industry.
 
The majority of our cash is held by a major financial institution and we believe risk of loss is mitigated by the size and the financial health of the institution. Risk of loss has been further mitigated by the U.S. Government’s intervention in the banking system during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
We compute basic earnings per share by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the relevant period. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding does not include unvested restricted shares. These shares, although classified as issued and outstanding, are considered contingently returnable until the restrictions lapse and are not to be included in the basic earnings per share calculation until the shares are vested. Diluted earnings per share is computed by giving effect to all dilutive potential common shares issuable, including restricted stock and stock options. The following table reconciles basic weighted-average shares outstanding to diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic
    48,510       48,302       47,788  
Stock options and restricted stock
                 
                         
Weighted-average shares outstanding — diluted
    48,510       48,302       47,788  
                         
 
For periods in which we reported losses, all common stock equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, since their inclusion would be antidilutive. Securities that could potentially dilute earnings per share in the future, but which were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive for the periods presented are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Potentially dilutive securities outstanding at end of period:
                       
Employee stock options
      1,476         1,949         864  
Unvested restricted stock
    66       100       128  
                         
Total
    1,542       2,049       992  
                         
 
Investment in Broadcasting Company
 
We have an investment in Sarkes Tarzian, Inc. (“Tarzian”) whose principal business is the ownership and operation of two television stations. The investment represents 33.5% of the total outstanding common stock of Tarzian (both in terms of the number of shares of common stock outstanding and in terms of voting rights), but such investment represents 73% of the equity of Tarzian for purposes of dividends, if paid, as well as distributions in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or other sale of Tarzian. This investment is accounted for under the cost method of accounting and reflected as a non-current asset. We have no commitment to fund operations of Tarzian and we have neither representation on Tarzian’s board of directors or any other influence over Tarzian’s management. We believe the cost method is appropriate to account for this investment given the existence of a single voting majority shareholder and our lack of management influence.


57


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Valuation of Broadcast Licenses, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
From January 1, 1994 through December 31, 2009, we acquired 33 television stations. We completed our most recent acquisition on March 3, 2006. Among the assets acquired in these transactions were broadcast licenses issued by the Federal Communications Commission, goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
For broadcast licenses acquired prior to January 1, 2002, we recorded their respective values using a residual method (analogous to “goodwill”) where the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of all identified tangible and intangible assets is attributed to the broadcast license. This residual basis approach will generally produce higher valuations of broadcast licenses when compared to applying an income method as discussed below.
 
For broadcast licenses acquired after December 31, 2001, we recorded their respective values using an income approach. Under this approach, a broadcast license is valued based on analyzing the estimated after-tax discounted future cash flows of the station, assuming an initial hypothetical start-up operation maturing into an average performing station in a specific television market and giving consideration to other relevant factors such as the technical qualities of the broadcast license and the number of competing broadcast licenses within that market. This income approach will generally produce lower valuations of broadcast licenses when compared to applying a residual method as discussed above. For television stations acquired after December 31, 2001, we allocated the residual value of the station to goodwill.
 
When renewing broadcast licenses, we incur regulatory filing fees and legal fees. We expense these fees as they are incurred.
 
Other intangible assets that we have acquired include network affiliation agreements, advertising contracts, client lists, talent contracts and leases. Each of our stations is affiliated with a broadcast network. We believe that the value of a television station is derived primarily from the attributes of its broadcast license rather than its network affiliation agreement. As a result, we have allocated minimal values to our network affiliation agreements. We have classified our other intangible assets as definite-lived intangible assets. The amortization period of our other intangible assets is equal to the shorter of their estimated useful life or contract period. When renewing other intangible asset contracts, we incur legal fees which expensed as incurred.
 
Annual Impairment Testing of Intangible Assets
 
We test for impairment of our intangible assets on an annual basis on the last day of each fiscal year. However, if certain triggering events occur, we will test for impairment during the relevant reporting period.
 
For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, each of our individual television stations is considered a separate reporting unit. We review each television station for possible goodwill impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of each respective reporting unit to the recorded value of that reporting unit’s net assets. If the estimated fair value exceeds the net asset value, no goodwill impairment is deemed to exist. If the fair value of the reporting unit does not exceed the recorded value of that reporting unit’s net assets, we then perform, on a notional basis, a purchase price allocation by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to the fair value of all tangible and identifiable intangible assets with residual fair value representing the implied fair value of goodwill of that reporting unit. The recorded value of goodwill for the reporting unit is written down to this implied value.
 
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we utilize a discounted cash flow model supported by a market multiple approach. We believe that a discounted cash flow analysis is the most appropriate methodology to test the recorded value of long-term assets with a demonstrated long-lived / enduring franchise value. We believe the results of the discounted cash flow and market multiple approaches provide reasonable estimates of the fair value of our reporting units because these approaches are based on our actual results and


58


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
reasonable estimates of future performance, and also take into consideration a number of other factors deemed relevant by us, including but not limited to, expected future market revenue growth, market revenue shares and operating profit margins. We have historically used these approaches in determining the value of our goodwill. We also consider a market multiple approach utilizing market multiples to corroborate our discounted cash flow analysis. We believe that this methodology is consistent with the approach that a strategic market participant would utilize if they were to value one of our television stations.
 
For testing of our broadcast licenses and other intangible assets for potential impairment of their recorded asset values, we compare their estimated fair value to the respective asset’s recorded value. If the fair value is greater than the asset’s recorded value, no impairment expense is recorded. If the fair value does not exceed the asset’s recorded value, we record an impairment expense equal to the amount that the asset’s recorded value exceeded the asset’s fair value. We use the income method to estimate the fair value of all broadcast licenses irrespective of whether they were initially recorded using the residual or income methods.
 
For further discussion of our goodwill, broadcast licenses and other intangible assets, see Note 12. “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”.
 
Market Capitalization
 
When we test our broadcast licenses and goodwill for impairment, we also give consideration to our market capitalization. During 2008, we experienced a significant decline in our market capitalization. As of December 31, 2008, our market capitalization was less than our book value and it remains less than book value as of the date of this filing. We believe the decline in our stock price was influenced, in part, by the then current state of the national credit market and the national economic recession. We believe that it is appropriate to view the current status of the credit markets and recession as relatively temporary in relation to reporting units that have demonstrated long-lived/enduring franchise value. Accordingly, we believe that a variance between market capitalization and fair value can exist and that difference could be significant at points in time due to intervening macroeconomic influences.
 
Related Party Transactions
 
On December 23, 2008, Gray entered into a one-year consulting contract with Mr. J. Mack Robinson whereby he agreed to consult and advise Gray with respect to its television stations and all related matters in connection with various proposed or existing television stations. In return for his services, Mr. Robinson received compensation under this agreement of $400,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Prior to Mr. Robinson’s retirement on December 14, 2008, he had served as Gray’s Chief Executive Officer. At all times during which the consulting agreement has been in effect, he has continued to serve as a member of Gray’s Board of Directors and as Chairman emeritus.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we made related party payments to Georgia Casualty & Surety Co. (“Georgia Casualty”) in the amounts of $183,000 and $317,000, respectively, for certain insurance services provided. Through March 2008, Georgia Casualty was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlanta American Corporation, a publicly-traded company (“Atlantic American”). For all periods through 2008, Mr. Robinson served as chairman of the board of Atlantic American. Mr. Robinson and certain entities controlled by him own a majority of the outstanding capital stock of Atlantic American. In addition, Mr. Hilton H. Howell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of, and maintains an ownership interest in, Atlantic American and Harriett J. Robinson, one of our directors and the wife of J. Mack Robinson, is a director of, and maintains an ownership interest in, Atlantic American. During 2008, Atlantic American sold Georgia Casualty to an unrelated party. The payments for 2008 are the total payments made for all of 2008. After 2008, we no longer consider Georgia Casualty a related party due to their sale in 2008.


59


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
Our accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income balances as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 consist of adjustments to our derivative and pension liabilities as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Accumulated balances of items included in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
               
Loss on derivatives, net of income tax
  $ (3,870 )   $ (15,013 )
Pension liability adjustments, net of income tax
    (5,444 )     (9,445 )
                 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (9,314 )   $ (24,458 )
                 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2009 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 168 “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Standard No. 162” (“SFAS 168”). SFAS 168 replaces GAAP with two levels of GAAP: authoritative and non-authoritative. On July 1, 2009, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) became the single source of authoritative nongovernmental GAAP, except for rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission. All other non-grandfathered accounting literature became non-authoritative. The adoption of SFAS 168 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. As a result of the adoption of SFAS 168, all references to GAAP now refer to the codified FASB ASC topic.
 
In September 2006, FASB ASC Topic 820 was issued. FASB ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FASB ASC Topic 820 does not require any new fair value measurements, but provides guidance on how to measure fair value by providing a fair value hierarchy used to classify the source of the information. We adopted the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820 on January 1, 2009. The adoption of FASB ASC Topic 820 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2009, FASB ASC Topic 855 was issued. FASB ASC Topic 855 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. We adopted FASB ASC Topic 855 for the quarter ending June 30, 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Subsequent Events
 
We evaluate subsequent events through the date we issue our financial statements.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain reclassifications have been made within the liability section of our prior year’s balance sheet and the investing section of our prior year’s statement of cash flows to be consistent with the current year’s presentation. The reclassifications did not change total assets, total liabilities or net loss as previously recorded.


60


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
2.   Marketable Securities
 
We have historically invested excess cash balances in an enhanced cash fund managed by Columbia Management Advisers, LLC, a subsidiary of Bank of America, N.A. (“Columbia Management”). We refer to this investment fund as the Columbia Fund.
 
On December 6, 2007, Columbia Management initiated a series of steps which included the temporary suspension of all immediate cash distributions from the Columbia Fund and changed its method of valuation from a fixed asset valuation to a fluctuating asset valuation. Since that date, Columbia Management has commenced the liquidation of the Columbia Fund. During the quarter ended March 31, 2009, Columbia Management completed the liquidation and distribution of our investment.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded a mark-to-market expense of $2,100, $383,000 and $88,000, respectively, reflecting a decrease in market value of our original investment in the Columbia Fund. As of December 31, 2009, we no longer had funds invested in the Columbia Fund. Our balance in the Columbia Fund net of the mark-to-market adjustment as of December 31, 2008 was $1.4 million and was recorded as a current marketable security.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we received cash distributions of $1.4 million, $4.5 million and $623,000, respectively, and we earned interest income of $5,000, $116,000 and $78,000, respectively, from the Columbia Fund.
 
Fair value is based on quoted prices of similar assets in active markets. Valuation of these items entails a significant amount of judgment and the inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement are Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5. “Fair Value Measurement” for further discussion of fair value.
 
As of December 31, 2009, all excess cash is held in a bank account and we do not have any cash equivalents.
 
3.   Long-term Debt and Accrued Facility Fee
 
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Long-term debt:
               
Senior credit facility — current portion
  $ 8,080     $ 8,085  
Senior credit facility — long-term portion
    783,729       792,295  
                 
Total long-term debt including current portion
    791,809       800,380  
Long-term accrued facility fee
    18,307        
                 
Total long-term debt and accrued facility fee
  $ 810,116     $ 800,380  
                 
Borrowing availability under our senior credit facility
  $ 31,681     $ 12,262  
Leverage ratio as defined in our senior credit facility:
               
Actual
    8.42       7.14  
Maximum allowed
    8.75       7.25  
 
Our senior credit facility consists of a revolving loan and a term loan. The amount outstanding under our senior credit facility as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $791.8 million and $800.4 million, respectively, comprised solely of the term loan. Under the revolving loan portion of our senior credit facility, the maximum available borrowing capacity was $50.0 million as of December 31, 2009. Of the maximum borrowing capacity available under our revolving loan, the amount that we can draw is limited by certain


61


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
restrictive covenants, including our total net leverage ratio covenant. Based on such covenant, as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we could have drawn $31.7 million and $12.3 million, respectively, of the $50.0 million maximum borrowing capacity under the revolving loan. Effective as of March 31, 2010, the maximum borrowing capacity available under the revolving loan was reduced to $40.0 million.
 
Under our revolving and term loans, we can choose to pay interest at an annual rate equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.5% or at the lenders’ base rate, generally equal to the lenders’ prime rate, plus 2.5%. This interest is payable in cash throughout the year.
 
In addition, effective as of April 1, 2009, we incur a facility fee at an annual rate of 3.0% on all principal balances outstanding under the revolving and term loans. For the period from April 4, 2009 until April 30, 2010, the annual facility fee for the revolving and term loans accrues and is payable on the respective revolving and term loan maturity dates. The revolving loan and term loan maturity dates are March 19, 2014 and December 31, 2014, respectively. For the period from April 30, 2010 until maturity of the senior credit facility, the annual facility fee will be payable in cash on a quarterly basis and the amount accrued through April 30, 2010 will bear interest at an annual rate of 6.5%, payable quarterly. As of December 31, 2009, our accrued facility fee of $18.3 million was classified as a long-term liability on our balance sheet. The accrued facility fee is included in determining the amount of total debt in calculating our total net leverage ratio covenant as defined in our senior credit facility.
 
The average interest rates on our total debt balance outstanding under the senior credit facility as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 6.8% and 4.8%, respectively. These rates are as of the period end and do not include the effects of our interest rate swap agreements. See Note 4. “Derivatives”. Including the effects of our interest rate swap agreements, the average interest rates on our total debt balance outstanding under our senior credit facility at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 9.8% and 5.6%, respectively.
 
Also under our revolving loan, we pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the $50.0 million revolving loan. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the annual commitment fees were 0.5% and 0.4%, respectively.
 
Collateral and Restrictions
 
The collateral for our senior credit facility consists of substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. In addition, our subsidiaries are joint and several guarantors of the obligations and our ownership interests in our subsidiaries are pledged to collateralize the obligations. The senior credit facility contains affirmative and restrictive covenants. These covenants include but are not limited to (i) limitations on additional indebtedness, (ii) limitations on liens, (iii) limitations on amendments to our by-laws and articles of incorporation, (iv) limitations on mergers and the sale of assets, (v) limitations on guarantees, (vi) limitations on investments and acquisitions, (vii) limitations on the payment of dividends and the redemption of our capital stock, (vii) maintenance of a specified total net leverage ratio not to exceed certain maximum limits, (viii) limitations on related party transactions, (ix) limitations on the purchase of real estate, and (x) limitations on entering into multiemployer retirement plans, as well as other customary covenants for credit facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we were in compliance with all restrictive covenants as required by our senior credit facility.
 
We are a holding company with no material independent assets or operations, other than our investments in our subsidiaries. The aggregate assets, liabilities, earnings and equity of the subsidiary guarantors as defined in our senior credit facility are substantially equivalent to our assets, liabilities, earnings and equity on a consolidated basis. The subsidiary guarantors are, directly or indirectly, our wholly owned subsidiaries and the guarantees of the subsidiary guarantors are full, unconditional and joint and several. All of our current and future direct and indirect subsidiaries are and will be guarantors under the senior credit facility. Accordingly,


62


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
separate financial statements and other disclosures of each of the subsidiary guarantors are not presented because we have no independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several and any of our subsidiaries other than the subsidiary guarantors are immaterial.
 
Amendments to Our Senior Credit Facility
 
Effective as of March 31, 2009, we amended our senior credit facility (the “2009 amendment”). The 2009 amendment included (i) an increase in the maximum total net leverage ratio covenant for the year ended December 31, 2009, (ii) a general increase in the restrictiveness of our remaining covenants and (iii) increased interest rates, as described below. In connection therewith, we incurred loan issuance costs of approximately $7.4 million, including legal and professional fees. These fees were funded from our existing cash balances. The 2009 amendment of our senior credit facility was determined to be significant and, as a result, we recorded a loss from early extinguishment of debt of $8.4 million.
 
Without the 2009 amendment, we would not have been in compliance with the total net leverage ratio covenant under the senior credit facility and such noncompliance would have caused a default under the agreement as of March 31, 2009. Such a default would have given the lenders thereunder certain rights, including the right to declare all amounts outstanding under our senior credit facility immediately due and payable or to foreclose on the assets securing such indebtedness. The 2009 amendment increased our annual cash interest rate by 2.0% and, beginning March 31, 2009, required the payment of a 3.0% annual facility fee.
 
As stated above, our senior credit facility requires us to maintain our total net leverage ratio below certain maximum amounts. Our actual total net leverage ratio and our maximum total net leverage ratio allowed under our senior credit facility for recent reporting periods was as follows:
 
                         
    Leverage Ratio  
          Maximum Allowed  
          Agreement
       
          Giving Effect
    Agreement
 
          to 2009
    Pre-2009
 
    Actual     Amendment     Amendment  
 
Leverage ratios under our senior credit facility as of:
                       
December 31, 2008
    7.14       NA       7.25  
March 31, 2009
    7.48       8.00       7.25  
June 30, 2009
    7.98       8.25       7.25  
September 30, 2009
    8.22       8.50       7.25  
December 31, 2009
    8.42       8.75       7.00  
 
Assuming we maintain compliance with the financial and other covenants in our senior credit facility, including the total net leverage ratio covenant, we believe that our current cash balance, cash flows from operations and any available funds under the revolving credit line of our senior credit facility will be adequate to provide for our capital expenditures, debt service and working capital requirements through December 31, 2010.
 
Compliance with our total net leverage ratio covenant depends on a number of factors, including the interrelationship of our ability to reduce our outstanding debt and/or the results of our operations. The continuing general economic recession, including the significant decline in advertising by the automotive industry, adversely impacted our ability to generate cash from operations during 2009. Based upon certain internal financial projections, we did not believe that we would be in compliance with our total net leverage ratio as of March 31, 2010 unless we further amended the terms of our senior credit facility. As a result, we requested and obtained such an amendment of our senior credit facility on March 31, 2010.


63


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Effective March 31, 2010, we amended our senior credit facility which, among other things, increased the maximum amount of the total net leverage ratio covenant through March 31, 2011, and reduced the maximum availability under the revolving loan to $40.0 million.
 
Based upon our internal financial projections as of the date of filing this Annual Report and the amended terms of our senior credit facility, we believe that we will be in compliance with all covenants required by our amended senior credit facility as of March 31, 2010. The March 2010 amendment also imposed an additional fee, equal to 2.0% per annum, payable quarterly, in arrears, until such time as we complete an offering of capital stock or certain debt securities that results in the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of the term loan outstanding under our senior credit facility. That fee would be eliminated upon such a repayment of amounts under the term loan. In addition, upon completion of a financing that results in the repayment of at least $200.0 million of our term loan, we would achieve additional flexibility under various covenants in our senior credit facility. The use of proceeds from any issuance of additional securities will generally be limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding under our term loan and, in certain circumstances, to the repurchase of outstanding shares of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. There can be no assurance that we will be able to complete such a capital raising transaction, or to repurchase any of our preferred stock, at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we are unable to complete such a financing and repayment of amounts under our term loan, we would continue to incur increased fees under our senior credit facility and to be subject to the stricter limits contained in our existing financial covenants. For additional details regarding the March 2010 amendment to our senior credit facility, see Note 14. “Subsequent Event — Long-term Debt Amendment” to our audited financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt in 2007
 
On March 19, 2007, we entered into the senior credit facility and repaid all then-outstanding obligations under our previous credit facility. As a result of these transactions, in the first quarter of 2007 we incurred lender and legal fees of approximately $3.2 million and recognized a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $6.5 million, including the write-off of a portion of our previously capitalized loan fees.
 
On April 18, 2007, we redeemed all of our then-outstanding 9.25% Notes and, accordingly, recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $16.4 million during the second quarter of 2007.
 
Maturities
 
Aggregate minimum principal maturities on long-term debt and long-term accrued facility fee as of December 31, 2009, were as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Minimum Principal Maturities  
    Long-Term Accrued
    Long-Term
       
Year
  Facility Fee     Debt     Total  
 
2010
  $     $ 8,080     $ 8,080  
2011
          8,080       8,080  
2012
          8,080       8,080  
2013
          8,080       8,080  
2014
    18,307       759,489       777,796  
                         
Total
  $ 18,307     $ 791,809     $ 810,116  
                         


64


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Interest Payments
 
For all of our interest bearing obligations, including derivative contracts, we made interest payments of approximately $46.8 million, $59.6 million and $61.2 million during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We did not capitalize any interest payments during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
4.   Derivatives
 
Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives
 
We are exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic conditions. We attempt to manage our exposure to a wide variety of business and operational risks principally through management of our core business activities. We attempt to manage economic risk, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of our debt funding and the use of interest rate swap agreements. Specifically, we enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage interest rate exposure with the following objectives:
 
  •  managing current and forecasted interest rate risk while maintaining financial flexibility and solvency;
 
  •  proactively managing our cost of capital to ensure that we can effectively manage operations and execute our business strategy, thereby maintaining a competitive advantage and enhancing shareholder value; and
 
  •  complying with covenant requirements in our senior credit facility.
 
Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
 
In using interest rate derivatives, our objectives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, we primarily use interest rate swap agreements as part of our interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for our making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements, without exchange of the underlying notional amount. Under the terms of our senior credit facility, we are required to fix the interest rate on at least 50.0% of the outstanding balance thereunder through March 19, 2010.
 
During 2007, we entered into three swap agreements to convert $465.0 million of our variable rate debt under our senior credit facility to fixed rate debt. These interest rate swap agreements expire on April 3, 2010, and they were our only derivatives as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Upon entering into the swap agreements, we designated them as hedges of variability of our variable rate interest payments attributable to changes in three-month LIBOR, the designated interest rate. Therefore, these interest rate swap agreements are considered cash flow hedges.
 
Upon entering into a swap agreement, we document our hedging relationships and our risk management objectives. Our swap agreements do not include written options. Our swap agreements are intended solely to modify the payments for a recognized liability from a variable rate to a fixed rate. Our swap agreements do not qualify for the short-cut method of accounting because the variable rate debt being hedged is pre-payable.
 
Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at the end of each quarter. We compare the notional amount, the variable interest rate and the settlement dates of the interest rate swap agreements to the hedged portion of the debt. Historically, our swap agreements have been highly effective at hedging our interest rate exposure, although no assurances can be provided that they will continue to be effective for future periods.
 
During the period of each interest rate swap agreement, we recognize the swap agreements at their fair value as an asset or liability on our balance sheet. The effective portion of the change in the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The ineffective


65


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as the related interest payments are made on our variable rate debt. We estimate that an additional $6.3 million will be reclassified as an increase in interest expense and a decrease in other comprehensive income (loss) between January 1, 2010 and April 3, 2010.
 
Under these swap agreements, we receive variable rate interest at the LIBOR and pay fixed interest at an annual rate of 5.48%. The variable LIBOR is reset in three-month periods for the swap agreements. At our option, the variable LIBOR is reset in one-month or three-month periods for the hedged portion of our variable rate debt.
 
Beginning in April 2009 and ending in early October 2009, we chose to hedge our long-term debt against a one-month LIBOR contract that is renewed monthly rather than a three-month LIBOR contract. By doing so, we took advantage of the lower one-month LIBOR during this period. As a result, our hedge was not 100% effective during this period and the ineffective portion was recognized in earnings.
 
The table below presents the fair value of our interest rate swap agreements as well as their classification on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. These interest rate swap agreements are our only derivative financial instruments. We did not have any derivatives classified as assets as of December 31, 2009 or 2008. The fair values of the derivative instruments are estimated by obtaining quotations from the financial institutions that are counterparties to the instruments. The fair values are estimates of the net amount that we would have been required to pay on December 31, 2009 and 2008 if the agreements were transferred to other parties or cancelled on such dates. Amounts in the following table are in thousands.
 
Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2009     As of December 31, 2008  
    Balance Sheet
    Fair
    Balance Sheet
    Fair
 
    Location     Value     Location     Value  
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
    Current liabilities     $ 6,344       Noncurrent liabilities     $ 24,611  
 
The following table presents the effect of our derivative financial instruments on our consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands).
 
                         
    Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
 
    for the Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Interest rate swap agreements:
                       
Asset (liability) at beginning of period
  $ (24,611 )   $ (17,625 )   $ 4  
Effective portion of gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
    35,497       719       (17,693 )
Effective portion of gains (losses) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into interest expense
    (17,230 )     (7,705 )     64  
Portion of gains (losses) representing the amount of hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded as an increase (decrease) in interest expense
                 
                         
Asset (liability) at end of period
  $ (6,344 )   $ (24,611 )   $ (17,625 )
                         


66


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a loss on derivatives as other comprehensive income of $11.2 million, net of a $7.1 million income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a loss on derivatives as other comprehensive expense of $4.3 million, net of a $2.7 million income tax benefit. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a loss on derivatives as other comprehensive expense of $10.8 million, net of a $6.9 million income tax benefit.
 
Credit-risk Related Contingent Features
 
We manage our counterparty risk by entering into derivative instruments with global financial institutions that we believe present a low risk of credit loss resulting from nonperformance. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had not recorded a credit value adjustment related to our interest rate swap agreements.
 
Our interest rate swap agreements incorporate the covenant provisions of our senior credit facility. Failure to comply with the covenant provisions of the senior credit facility could result in our being in default of our obligations under our interest rate swap agreements.
 
5.   Fair Value Measurement
 
Fair value is the price that market participants would pay or receive to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction. Fair value is also considered the exit price. We utilize market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. We utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized into a hierarchy that gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (“Level 1”) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs that require assumptions to measure fair value (“Level 3”).
 
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the fair value of assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels. The following table sets forth our financial assets and liabilities, which were accounted for at fair value, by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
 
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2009  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                               
Marketable securites
  $   —     $     $   —     $  
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
  $     $ 6,344     $     $ 6,344  
 


67


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2008  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                               
Marketable securites
  $     $ 1,384     $     $ 1,384  
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap agreements
  $     $ 24,611     $     $ 24,611  
 
Fair value of our interest rate swap agreements is based on estimates provided by the counterparties. Fair value of our marketable securities was based on estimates provided by Columbia Management. Valuation of these items does entail a significant amount of judgment.
 
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
We have certain assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value only when the carrying values exceed their fair values. Included in the following table are the significant categories of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 (amounts in thousands).
 
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
                                         
                            Impairment Loss
 
    As of December 31, 2009     For The Year Ended
 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     December 31, 2009  
 
Assets:
                                       
Property and equipment, net
  $     $     $ 148,092     $ 148,092     $      —  
Program broadcast rights
                11,265       11,265       177  
Investment in broadcasting company
                13,599       13,599        
Broadcast licenses
                818,981       818,981        
Goodwill
                170,522       170,522        
Other intangible assets, net
                1,316       1,316        
                                         
Total
  $     $     $ 1,163,775     $ 1,163,775     $ 177  
                                         
 
                                         
                            Impairment Loss
 
    As of December 31, 2008     For The Year Ended
 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     December 31, 2008  
 
Assets:
                                       
Property and equipment, net
  $     $     $ 162,903     $ 162,903     $  
Program broadcast rights
                11,068       11,068       627  
Investment in broadcasting company
                13,599       13,599        
Broadcast licenses
                818,981       818,981       240,085  
Goodwill
                170,522       170,522       98,596  
Other intangible assets, net
                1,893       1,893        
                                         
Total
  $     $     $ 1,178,966     $ 1,178,966     $ 339,308  
                                         
 
Fair value of our property and equipment is estimated by our engineers. Fair value of our program broadcast rights is based upon estimated future advertising revenue generated by the programming. Fair value of our investment in broadcasting company is based upon estimated future cash flows. Fair value of broadcast

68


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets is described in Note 1. “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Our program broadcast rights impairment charge was recorded as a broadcast operating expense in the respective periods.
 
Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments
 
The estimated fair value of other financial instruments is determined using the best available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Interpreting market data to develop fair value estimates involves considerable judgment. Accordingly, the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that we could realize in a current market exchange, or the value that ultimately will be realized upon maturity or disposition. The use of different market assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
The carrying amounts of the following instruments approximate fair value, due to their short term to maturity: (i) accounts receivable, (ii) prepaid and other current assets, (iii) accounts payable, (iv) accrued employee compensation and benefits, (v) accrued interest, (vi) other accrued expenses, (vii) dividends payable, (viii) acquisition-related liabilities and (ix) deferred revenue.
 
The carrying amount of our long-term debt, including the current portion and long-term accrued facility fee, was $810.1 million and $800.4 million, respectively, and the fair value was $704.8 million and $312.1 million, respectively as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Fair value of our long-term debt, including the current portion and long-term accrued facility fee, is based on estimates provided by third party financial professionals as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Management believes that these estimated fair values as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were not an accurate indicator of fair value, given that (i) our debt has a relatively limited number of market participants, relatively infrequent market trading and generally small dollar volume of actual trades and (ii) management believes there continues to exist a general disruption of the financial markets. Based upon consideration of alternate valuation methodologies, including our historic and projected future cash flows, as well as historic private trading valuations of television stations and/or television companies, we believe that the estimated fair value of our long-term debt would more closely approximate the recorded book value of the debt as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
6.   Stockholders’ Equity
 
We are authorized to issue 135 million shares of all classes of stock, of which 15 million shares are designated Class A common stock, 100 million shares are designated common stock, and 20 million shares are designated “blank check” preferred stock for which our Board of Directors has the authority to determine the rights, powers, limitations and restrictions. The rights of our common stock and Class A common stock are identical, except that our Class A common stock has 10 votes per share and our common stock has one vote per share. If declared, our common stock and Class A common stock receive cash dividends on an equal per-share basis.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we are authorized by our Board of Directors to repurchase an aggregate total of up to 5,000,000 shares of our common stock and Class A common stock in the open market. When we have determined that market and liquidity conditions are favorable, we have repurchased shares. As of December 31, 2009, 279,200 shares of our common stock and Class A common stock are available for repurchase under these authorizations. There is no expiration date for these authorizations. Shares repurchased are held as treasury shares and used for general corporate purposes including, but not limited to, satisfying obligations under our employee benefit plans and long term incentive plan. Treasury stock is recorded at cost.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not make any repurchases under these authorizations. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 883,200 shares of our common stock at an average price of $0.20 per share for a total cost of $177,000. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we


69


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
repurchased 647,800 shares of our common stock at an average price of $8.49 per share for a total cost of $5.5 million.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not declare or pay any common stock or Class A common stock dividends. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we declared common stock and Class A common stock dividends in the first, second and third quarters and did not declare a common stock or Class A common stock dividend in the fourth quarter.
 
We deferred cash dividends on our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock and correspondingly suspended cash dividends on our common and Class A common stock to reallocate cash resources to support our ability to pay increased interest costs and fees associated with our senior credit facility.
 
As of December 31, 2009, we had not funded our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend for at least three consecutive quarters. See Note 7 “Preferred Stock” for further discussion of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend payments. As long as these Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends remain in arrears, we are prohibited from paying additional common stock or Class A common stock dividends.
 
In connection with our various employee benefit plans, we may, at our discretion, issue authorized and unissued shares of our Class A common stock and common stock or previously issued shares of our Class A common stock or common stock reacquired by Gray, including stock purchased in the open market, held in the treasury. As of December 31, 2009, we had reserved 8,868,940 shares and 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and Class A common stock, respectively, for future issuance under various employee benefit plans. As of December 31, 2008, we had reserved 9,523,365 shares and 1,000,000 shares of our common stock and Class A common stock, respectively, for future issuance under various employee benefit plans.
 
7.   Preferred Stock
 
During 2008, we issued 1,000 shares of perpetual preferred stock to a group of private investors. This preferred stock was designated Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, no par value. The issuance of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock generated net cash proceeds of approximately $91.6 million, after a 5.0% original issue discount, transaction fees and expenses. The $8.4 million of original issue discount, transaction fees and expenses are being accreted over a seven-year period ending June 30, 2015.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had 1,000 shares of Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock outstanding. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $100,000 per share for a total liquidation value of $100.0 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and a recorded value of $93.4 million and $92.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The difference between the liquidation values and the recorded values was the un-accreted portion of the original issuance discount and issuance cost. Our accrued Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend balances as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $18.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock has no mandatory redemption date, but is redeemable, at our option, at any time. The Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock may also be redeemed, at the stockholders’ option, on or after June 30, 2015. If the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock is redeemed, we are required to pay the liquidation price per share in cash plus the pro-rata accrued dividends to the date fixed for redemption.


70


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
If the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock is redeemed before January 1, 2012, the redemption price per share will include a premium as described in the following table:
 
                         
    Redemption
             
    Price
             
Date of Redemption
  per Share              
 
January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009
  $ 105,000                  
July 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
  $ 106,500                  
January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010
  $ 108,000                  
July 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
  $ 106,000                  
January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011
  $ 104,000                  
July 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011
  $ 102,000                  
January 1, 2012 and thereafter
  $ 100,000                  
 
We made our most recent Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock cash dividend payment on October 15, 2008 for dividends earned through September 30, 2008. We have deferred the cash payment of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends earned thereon since October 1, 2008. When three consecutive cash dividend payments with respect to the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock remain unfunded, the dividend rate increases from 15.0% per annum to 17.0% per annum. Thus, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend began accruing at 17.0% per annum on July 16, 2009 and will accrue at that rate as long as at least three consecutive cash dividend payments remain unfunded. Our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend rate was 15.0% per annum from December 31, 2008 through July 16, 2009. Prior to December 31, 2008, our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend rate was 12% per annum.
 
While any Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend payments are in arrears, we are prohibited from repurchasing, declaring and/or paying any cash dividend with respect to any equity securities having liquidation preferences equivalent to or junior in ranking to the liquidation preferences of the Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock, including our common stock and Class A common stock. We can provide no assurances as to when any future cash payments will be made on any accumulated and unpaid Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock dividends presently in arrears or that become in arrears in the future.
 
8.   Stock-Based Compensation
 
Long Tem Incentive Plan
 
The 2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2007 Incentive Plan”) provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, and performance awards to our officers and employees to acquire shares of our Class A common stock, common stock or to receive other awards based on our performance. We recognize the fair value of the stock options on the date of grant as compensation expense, and such expense is amortized over the vesting period of the stock option. The 2007 Incentive Plan allows us to grant share-based awards for a total of 6.0 million shares of stock, with not more than 1.0 million out of that 6.0 million to be Class A common stock and the remaining shares to be common stock. As of December 31, 2009, 5.0 million shares were available for issuance under the 2007 Incentive Plan. Shares of common stock underlying outstanding options or performance awards are counted against the 2007 Incentive Plan’s maximum shares. Under the 2007 Incentive Plan, the options granted typically vest after a two-year period and expire three years after fully vesting. However, options will vest immediately upon a “change in control” as such term is defined in the 2007 Incentive Plan. All options have been granted with purchase prices that equal the market value of the underlying stock at the close of business on the date of the grant.


71


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Directors’ Restricted Stock plan
 
On May 14, 2003, our shareholders approved a restricted stock plan for our Board of Directors (the “Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan”). We have reserved 1.0 million shares of our common stock for issuance under this plan and as of December 31, 2009 there were 770,000 shares available for award. Under the Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan, each director can be awarded up to 10,000 shares of restricted stock each calendar year. Under this plan, we granted a total of 55,000 shares of restricted common stock to our directors during each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We did not grant any shares of restricted common stock to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2009. Of the total shares granted to the directors since the inception of the Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan, 66,000 shares were not fully vested as of December 31, 2009.
 
8.   Stock-Based Compensation
 
Stock-Based Compensation — Valuation Assumptions for Stock Options
 
Included in corporate and administrative expenses in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $1.4 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively, of non-cash expense for stock-based compensation which included amortization of restricted stock and stock option expense.
 
We did not grant any stock options during 2009. The assumptions used to value stock options granted during 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Expected term (in years)
    2.63       2.76  
Volatility
    36.71 %     32.20 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.77 %     4.41 %
Dividend yield
    1.65 %     1.41 %
Expected forfeitures
    2.57 %     3.65 %
 
Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of our common stock and Class A common stock. The expected life represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to the vesting schedules and our historical exercise patterns. The risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the option. Expected forfeitures were estimated based on historical forfeiture rates.


72


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Stock Option and Restricted Share Activity
 
A summary of our stock option activity for Class A common stock, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (in thousands, except weighted average data):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
          Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
 
    Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price  
 
Stock options outstanding — beginning of period
        $       21     $ 15.39       21     $ 15.39  
Options expired
                (21 )     15.39              
                                                 
Stock options outstanding — end of period
        $           $       21     $ 15.39  
                                                 
Exercisable at end of period
        $           $       21     $ 15.39  
 
A summary of our stock option activity for common stock for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (in thousands, except weighted average data):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
          Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
 
    Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price     Options     Exercise Price  
 
Stock options outstanding — beginning of period
    1,949     $ 8.31       842     $ 9.96       1,797     $ 9.82  
Options granted
                1,333       7.49       55       8.69  
Options exercised
                            (163 )     7.78  
Options forfeited
    (460 )     8.31       (66 )     8.17       (42 )     9.55  
Options expired
    (13 )     12.37       (160 )     10.25       (805 )     10.02  
                                                 
Stock options outstanding — end of period
    1,476     $ 8.28       1,949     $ 8.31       842     $ 9.96  
                                                 
Exercisable at end of period
    498     $ 9.93       614     $ 10.01       789     $ 10.05  
 
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $1.76 and $2.05 per share, respectively.


73


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Information concerning common stock options outstanding has been segregated into five groups with similar exercise prices and is as follows:
 
                                                     
As of December 31, 2009  
                  Weighted
          Number of
    Weighted Average
 
                  Average
    Average
    Options
    Exercise Price
 
Exercise Price
    Number of
    Exercise
    Remaining
    Outstanding
    per Share of
 
per Share     Options
    Price
    Contractual
    That Are
    Options That are
 
Low
    High     Outstanding     per Share     Life     Exercisable     Exercisable  
            (In thousands)           (In years)     (In thousands)        
 
$ 1.78     $ 3.56       10     $ 2.10       3.6           $  
  3.56       5.34       35       3.61       3.4              
  7.13       8.91       1,017       7.68       3.0       84       8.23  
  8.91       10.69       338       9.71       0.6       338       9.71  
$ 12.47     $ 14.25       76     $ 12.77       0.2       76     $ 12.77  
                                                     
                  1,476                       498          
                                                     
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of our stock options was $0 based on the closing market price of our common stock at December 31, 2009.
 
The following table summarizes the activity for our non-vested restricted shares during the year ended December 31, 2009 under our Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)        
 
Restricted Stock:
               
Non-vested common restricted shares, December 31, 2008
    100     $ 6.64  
Vested
    (34 )     7.19  
                 
Non-vested common restricted shares, December 31, 2009
    66     $ 6.36  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2009, there was $525,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all non-vested share based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.9 years.
 
9.   Income Taxes
 
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to differences between our financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. We recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
Under certain circumstances, we recognize liabilities in our financial statements for positions taken on uncertain tax issues. When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other


74


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income tax expense in the statement of operations.
 
Federal and state income tax expense (benefit) is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $     $     $  
State and local
    344       354       274  
State and local — reserve for uncertain tax positions
    (385 )     525       1,006  
                         
Current income tax expense
    (41 )     879       1,280  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (11,640 )     (99,510 )     (12,504 )
State and local
    421       (12,380 )     (1,319 )
                         
Deferred income tax benefit
    (11,219 )     (111,890 )     (13,823 )
                         
Total income tax benefit
  $ (11,260 )   $ (111,011 )   $ (12,543 )
                         


75


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Significant components of our deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Net book value of property and equipment
  $ 16,800     $ 17,469  
Broadcast licenses, goodwill and other intangibles
    245,520       231,351  
Unearned income
          62  
Network compensation
          273  
Restricted stock
    12       17  
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    262,332       249,172  
                 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Liability under supplemental retirement plan
    14       18  
Liability for accrued vacation
    763       782  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    426       602  
Liability under severance and purchase liabilities
    18       83  
Liability under health and welfare plan
    675       608  
Capital loss carryforwards
    264       261  
Liability for pension plan
    5,434       7,307  
Federal operating loss carryforwards
    99,853       77,172  
State and local operating loss carryforwards
    13,931       11,540  
Alternative minimum tax carryforwards
    890       890  
Unearned income
    1,150       955  
Network compensation
    1,162       1,366  
Interest rate swap agreements
    2,474       9,598  
Stock options
    693       507  
Other
    440       247  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    128,187       111,936  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (6,462 )     (4,909 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
    121,725       107,027  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities, net of deferred tax assets
  $ 140,607     $ 142,145  
                 
 
We have approximately $285.3 million in federal net operating loss carryforwards, and those carryforwards expire during the years 2020 through 2029. Additionally, we have an aggregate of approximately $328.6 million of various state net operating loss carryforwards. We are projecting taxable income in the carryforward periods. Therefore, we believe that it is more likely than not that the Federal net operating loss carryforwards will be fully utilized.
 
A valuation allowance has been provided for a portion of the state net operating loss carryforwards. We believe that we will not meet the more likely than not threshold in certain states due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient income prior to expiration. Therefore, the state valuation allowance net of federal tax benefit at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $6.2 million and $4.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, a full valuation allowance of $264,000 and $261,000, respectively, has been provided for the capital loss carryforwards, as we believe that we will not meet the more likely than not threshold due to the uncertainty of generating sufficient capital gains in the carryforward period. Our total valuation allowance


76


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
provided for deferred tax assets increased $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and decreased $306,000 for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax rate and income taxes as reflected in the consolidated financial statements is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Statutory federal rate applied to loss before income
                       
taxes
  $ (12,007 )   $ (109,560 )   $ (12,493 )
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    (906 )     (11,584 )     (1,476 )
Change in valuation allowance
    1,553       (306 )     431  
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
    (385 )     525       1,006  
Goodwill impairment
          9,301        
Other items, net
    485       613       (11 )
                         
Income tax benefit as recorded
  $ (11,260 )   $ (111,011 )   $ (12,543 )
                         
Effective income tax rate
    32.8 %     35.5 %     35.1 %
 
As of each year end, we are required to adjust our pension liability to an amount equal to the funded status of our pension plans with a corresponding adjustment to other comprehensive income on a net of tax basis. During 2009, we decreased our recorded non-current pension liability by $6.6 million and recognized other comprehensive income of $4.0 million, net of a $2.6 million tax expense. During 2008, we increased our recorded non-current pension liability by $11.7 million and recognized other comprehensive loss of $7.2 million, net of a $4.6 million tax benefit. During 2007, we decreased our recorded non-current pension liability by $222,000 and recognized other comprehensive income of $136,000, net of an $86,000 income tax expense.
 
During 2009, we recognized a long term asset for the positive change in market value of our interest rate swap agreements of $18.3 million, and recorded a gain on derivatives as other comprehensive income of $11.2 million, net of a $7.1 million income tax expense. During 2008, we recognized a long term liability for the negative market value of our interest rate swap agreements of $7.0 million, and recorded a loss on derivatives as other comprehensive expense of $4.3 million, net of a $2.7 million income tax benefit. During 2007, we recognized a long-term liability for the negative market value of our interest rate swap agreements of $17.7 million, and recorded a loss on derivatives as other comprehensive expense of $10.8 million, net of a $6.9 million income tax benefit.
 
We made income tax payments (net of refunds) of $97,000 in 2009. We made income tax payments (net of refunds) of $225,000 in 2008. We received a net income tax refund of $24,000 in 2007. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had current income taxes payable of approximately $4.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively.
 
On January 1, 2007, we adopted accounting provisions which require us to prescribe a recognition threshold and measurement attribution for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.
 
As a result of the implementation of these requirements in 2007, we determined that no material adjustment was required to our existing $2.9 million liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had approximately $4.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits. All of these unrecognized tax benefits would impact our effective tax rate if recognized. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits is recorded net of any federal tax benefit that would result from payment.


77


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Also on January 1, 2007 and in conjunction with the adoption of this provision, we accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense based on our accounting policy election. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had recorded a liability for potential penalties and interest of approximately $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to uncertain tax positions.
 
The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits, net of federal benefit, excluding interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 3,227     $ 2,949     $ 2,231  
Change resulting from positions taken in prior periods:
                       
Increase
    48       23       10  
Decrease
          (153 )     (31 )
Increase resulting from positions taken in current
                       
period
          744       926  
Decrease as a result of settlements with taxing
                       
authorities
          (51 )      
Reduction in benefit from lapse in statute of limitations
    (447 )     (285 )     (187 )
                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 2,828     $ 3,227     $ 2,949  
                         
 
While it is difficult to calculate with any certainty, we estimate a decrease of $358,000, exclusive of interest and penalties, will be recorded for uncertain tax positions over the next twelve months resulting from expiring statutes of limitations for state tax issues.
 
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and multiple state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2000. This extended open adjustment period is due to material amounts of net operating loss carryforwards, which exist at the federal and multi-state jurisdictions originating from the 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003 tax years.
 
10.   Retirement Plans
 
We sponsor and contribute to several types of retirement plans covering substantially all of our full time employees. Our defined benefit pension plans include our active plan as well as two frozen plans that we assumed when we acquired the related businesses. The Gray Television, Inc. Capital Accumulation Plan (“the Capital Accumulation Plan”) is a defined contribution plan that is intended to meet the requirements of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
 
Gray Pension Plan
 
Our active defined benefit plan covers substantially all of our full-time employees. Retirement benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s highest average compensation for five consecutive years during the last ten years of employment. The funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of existing federal laws and regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
 
The measurement dates used to determine the benefit information for our active defined benefit pension plan were December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The following summarizes the active plan’s funded


78


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively (dollars in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Change in projected benefit obligation:
               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 37,998     $ 31,498  
Service cost
    3,248       2,917  
Interest cost
    2,189       1,925  
Actuarial (gains) losses
    (3,201 )     2,350  
Benefits paid
    (717 )     (692 )
                 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 39,517     $ 37,998  
                 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 20,901     $ 25,267  
Actual return on plan assets
    3,102       (6,387 )
Company contributions
    3,430       2,713  
Benefits paid
    (717 )     (692 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    26,716       20,901  
                 
Funded status of plan
  $ (12,801 )   $ (17,097 )
                 
Amounts recognized in our balance sheets consist of:
               
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (4,721 )   $ (3,094 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (8,080 )     (14,003 )
                 
Net liability recognized
  $ (12,801 )   $ (17,097 )
                 
 
The accumulated benefit obligation amounts for our active defined benefit pension were $33.5 million and $32.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in the accumulated benefit obligation is due primarily to increases in service costs and salaries and decreases in the discount period till retirement for continuing employees, as well as discount rate changes. The long-term rate of return on assets assumption was chosen from a best estimate range based upon the anticipated long-term returns for asset categories in which the plan is invested. The long-term rate of return may be viewed as the sum of (i) 3% inflation, (ii) 1% risk-free rate of return and (iii) 3% risk premium. The estimated rate of increase in compensation levels is based on historical compensation increases for our employees.
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic
               
benefit cost for our active plan:
               
Discount rate
    5.79 %     6.10 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    7.00 %     7.00 %
Estimated rate of increase in compensation levels
    5.00 %     5.00 %
 


79


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
               
Discount rate
    6.27 %     5.79 %
Estimated rate of increase in compensation levels
    5.00 %     5.00 %
 
Pension expense is computed using the projected unit credit actuarial cost method. The net periodic pension cost for our active plan includes the following components (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
 
Components of net periodic pension cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 3,248     $ 2,917     $ 2,974  
Interest cost
    2,189       1,925       1,667  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,558 )     (1,763 )     (1,590 )
Recognized net actuarial loss
    1,176       98       155  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 5,055     $ 3,177     $ 3,206  
                         
 
For our active plan, the estimated future benefit payments for subsequent years are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Years
  Amount  
 
2010
  $ 1,028  
2011
    1,131  
2012
    1,360  
2013
    1,508  
2014
    1,617  
2015-2019
    11,032  
 
The active plan’s weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
 
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Asset category:
               
Insurance general account
    37 %     40 %
Cash management accounts
    3 %     2 %
Equity accounts
    54 %     53 %
Fixed income account
    6 %     5 %
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 

80


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The investment objective is to achieve a consistent total rate of return (income, appreciation, and reinvested funds) that will equal or exceed the actuarial assumption with aversion to significant volatility. The following is the target asset allocation:
 
                         
    Target Range  
 
Asset class:
                       
Large cap equities
    23 %     to       91 %
Mid cap equities
    0 %     to       15 %
Small cap equities
    0 %     to       16 %
International equities
    5 %     to       25 %
Fixed income
    0 %     to       30 %
Cash
    0 %     to       20 %
 
Our equity portfolio contains attractively priced securities of financially sound companies necessary to build a diversified portfolio. Our fixed income portfolio contains obligations generally rated A or better with no maturity restrictions and an actively managed duration. The cash equivalents strategy uses securities of the highest credit quality.
 
Fair Value of Active Pension Plan Assets
 
We calculate the fair value of our active pension plan’s assets based upon the observable and unobservable net asset value of its underlying investments. We utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized into a hierarchy that gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (“Level 1”) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs that require assumptions to measure fair value (“Level 3”). The following table presents the fair value of our active pension plan’s assets and classifies them by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively (in thousands):
 
Active Pension Plan Fair Value Measurements
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2009  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                               
Immediate participation guarantee contract
  $     $ 9,925     $     $ 9,925  
Common and collective trust fund
          16,792             16,792  
                                 
Total
  $     $ 26,717     $     $ 26,717  
                                 
 
                                 
    As of December 31, 2008  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                               
Immediate participation guarantee contract
  $     $ 8,399     $     $ 8,399  
Common and collective trust fund
          12,502             12,502  
                                 
Total
  $     $ 20,901     $     $ 20,901  
                                 
 
Acquired Pension Plans
 
In 2002 and 1998, we acquired companies with two underfunded pension plans (the “Acquired Pension Plans”). The Acquired Pension Plans were frozen by their prior plan sponsors and no new participants can be


81


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
added to the Acquired Pension Plans. Combined and as of January 1, 2009, the acquired pension plans have 176 participants as compared to our active plan which has approximately 2,352 participants and is described above. As of December 31, 2009, the Acquired Pension Plans had combined plan assets of $4.0 million and the combined projected benefit obligations of $5.1 million. As of December 31, 2008, the Acquired Pension Plans had combined plan assets of $3.9 million and combined projected benefit obligations of $5.6 million. The net liability for the two Acquired Pension Plans is recorded as a liability in our financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Contributions
 
We expect to contribute a combined total of approximately $4.5 million to the active plan and the Acquired Pension Plans during the year ending December 31, 2010.
 
Capital Accumulation Plan
 
The Capital Accumulation Plan provides additional retirement benefits for substantially all employees. The Capital Accumulation Plan provides our employees with an investment option in our common stock and Class A common stock. It also allows for our matching contribution to be made in the form of our common stock. On December 9, 2008 and May 2, 2007, our Board of Directors increased the number of shares reserved for the Capital Accumulation Plan by 2,000,000 and 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, 1,642,849 shares were available for the plan.
 
We match employee contributions to the Capital Accumulation Plan, and such contributions may not exceed 6% of the employees’ gross pay. Our percentage match amount is declared by our Board of Directors before the beginning of each plan year and is made by a contribution of our common stock. Our percentage match was 50% during each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. As of December 31, 2008, our Board of Directors temporarily suspended our matching contributions for the majority of our employees. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our percentage match was 50% for certain employees included in a collective bargaining unit at one of our stations and we did not match contributions for the remainder of our employees. Our contributions vest, based upon each employee’s number of years of service, over a period not to exceed five years.
 
In addition to the matching contributions, we made voluntary contributions in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 for active participants in the Capital Accumulation Plan. This voluntary contribution was equal to 1% of each active participant’s earnings. Our matching and voluntary contributions are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
 
Contributions to the
                                               
Capital Accumulation Plan
                                               
Matching contributions
    351     $ 147       867     $ 1,707       176     $ 1,593  
Voluntary contributions
        $       84     $ 673       88     $ 648  
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
Effective June 30, 2009, we discontinued our Gray Television, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”). The Stock Purchase Plan was intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and to provide eligible employees with an opportunity to purchase our common stock through payroll deductions. Originally, an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan and were available for purchase,


82


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other similar change in our common stock or capital structure. In order to ensure that our Stock Purchase Plan had adequate shares available for issuance through June 30, 2009, we proposed and our shareholders approved at our annual 2009 shareholders meeting that an additional 600,000 shares of our common stock be reserved for issuance under our Stock Purchase Plan. As of June 30, 2009 and before discontinuance of our Stock Purchase Plan, 480,510 shares were available for issuance under this plan. The price per share at which shares of common stock were purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan during any purchase period was 85% of the fair market value of the common stock on the last day of the purchase period.
 
11.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
We have various operating lease commitments for equipment, land and office space. We also have commitments for various syndicated television programs and commitments for the purchase of equipment.
 
Future minimum payments for these commitments are as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
                Syndicated
       
          Operating
    Television
       
Year
  Equipment     Lease     Programming     Total  
 
2010
  $ 832     $ 1,321     $ 4,502     $ 6,655  
2011
          1,102       11,431       12,533  
2012
          678       5,095       5,773  
2013
          653       962       1,615  
2014
          578       295       873  
Thereafter
          3,787       19       3,806  
                                 
Total
  $ 832     $ 8,119     $ 22,304     $ 31,255  
                                 
 
The amounts in the table above are estimates of commitments that are in addition to the liabilities accrued for on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2009.
 
Leases
 
We have no material capital leases. Where leases include rent holidays, rent escalations, rent concessions and leasehold improvement incentives, the value of these incentives are amortized over the lease term including anticipated renewal periods. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the associated lease term including anticipated renewal periods. Rent expense resulting from operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $1.6 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
 
Sports Marketing Agreements
 
On October 12, 2004, the University of Kentucky (“UK”) jointly awarded a sports marketing agreement to a subsidiary of IMG Worldwide, Inc. (“IMG”) and us (the “UK Agreement”). The UK Agreement commenced on April 16, 2005 and has an initial term of seven years with the option to extend for three additional years.
 
On July 1, 2006, the terms between IMG and us concerning the UK Agreement were amended. The amended agreement provides that we will share in profits in excess of certain amounts specified by the agreement, if any, but not losses. The agreement also provides that we will separately retain all local broadcast advertising revenue and pay all local broadcast expenses for activities under the agreement. Under the amended agreement, IMG agreed to make all license fee payments to UK. However, if IMG is unable to pay the license fee to UK, we will then pay the unpaid portion of the license fee to UK. As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate license fees to be paid by IMG to UK over the remaining portion of the full ten-year term


83


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(including optional three additional years) for the agreement is approximately $45.4 million. If we make advances on behalf of IMG, IMG is required to reimburse us for the amount paid within 60 days after the close of each contract year which ends on June 30th. IMG has also agreed to pay interest on any advance at a rate equal to the prime rate. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did not advance any amounts to UK on behalf of IMG under this agreement. As of December 31, 2009, we do not consider the risk of non-performance by IMG to be high.
 
Legal Proceedings and Claims
 
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of our business. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions, will not materially affect our financial position.
 
12.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
A summary of changes in our goodwill and other intangible assets, on a net basis, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Net Balance at
                      Net Balance at
 
    December 31,
                      December 31,
 
    2008     Adjustments     Impairment     Amortization     2009  
 
Goodwill
  $ 170,522     $   —     $   —     $   —     $ 170,522  
Broadcast licenses
    818,981                         818,981  
Definite lived intangible assets
    1,893                   (577 )     1,316  
                                         
Total intangible assets net of accumulated amortization
  $ 991,396     $     $     $ (577 )   $ 990,819  
                                         
 
                                         
    Net Balance at
                      Net Balance at
 
    December 31,
                      December 31,
 
    2007     Adjustments     Impairment     Amortization     2008  
 
Goodwill
    269,118     $   —     $ (98,596 )   $     $ 170,522  
Broadcast licenses
    1,059,066             (240,085 )           818,981  
Definite lived intangible assets
    2,685                   (792 )     1,893  
                                         
Total intangible assets net of accumulated amortization
  $ 1,330,869     $     $ (338,681 )   $ (792 )   $ 991,396  
                                         
 
A summary of changes in our goodwill, on a gross basis, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    As of
          As of
 
    December 31,
          December 31,
 
    2008     Impairment     2009  
 
Goodwill, gross
  $ 269,118     $   —     $ 269,118  
Accumulated goodwill impairment
    (98,596 )           (98,596 )
                         
Goodwill, net
  $ 170,522     $     $ 170,522  
                         
 


84


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    As of
          As of
 
    December 31,
          December 31,
 
    2007     Impairment     2008  
 
Goodwill, gross
  $ 269,118     $     $ 269,118  
Accumulated goodwill impairment
          (98,596 )     (98,596 )
                         
Goodwill, net
  $ 269,118     $ (98,596 )   $ 170,522  
                         
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, our intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    As of December 31, 2009     As of December 31, 2008  
          Accumulated
                Accumulated
       
    Gross     Amortization     Net     Gross     Amortization     Net  
 
Intangible assets not currently subject to amortization:
                                               
Broadcast licenses
  $ 872,680     $ (53,699 )   $ 818,981     $ 872,680     $ (53,699 )   $ 818,981  
Goodwill
    170,522             170,522       170,522             170,522  
                                                 
    $ 1,043,202     $ (53,699 )   $ 989,503     $ 1,043,202     $ (53,699 )   $ 989,503  
                                                 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                                               
Network affiliation agreements
  $ 1,264     $ (1,183 )   $ 81     $ 1,264     $ (1,119 )   $ 145  
Other definite lived intangible assets
    13,484       (12,249 )     1,235       13,484       (11,736 )     1,748  
                                                 
    $ 14,748     $ (13,432 )   $ 1,316     $ 14,748     $ (12,855 )   $ 1,893  
                                                 
Total intangibles
  $ 1,057,950     $ (67,131 )   $ 990,819     $ 1,057,950     $ (66,554 )   $ 991,396  
                                                 
 
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0.6 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively. Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization, we expect that amortization expense for the succeeding five years will be as follows: 2010, $479,000; 2011, $125,000; 2012, $75,000; 2013, $50,000 and 2014, $38,000. As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future, actual amounts may vary from these estimates.
 
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast license
 
As of December 31, 2009, we tested our goodwill, broadcast licenses and other intangible asset recorded values for potential impairment and concluded that the balances were reasonably stated. As a result, we did not record an impairment expense for our goodwill, broadcast licenses or other intangible assets during fiscal 2009.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment expense of $338.7 million resulting from a write-down of $98.6 million in the recorded value of our goodwill and a write-down of $240.1 million in the recorded value of our broadcast licenses. The write-down of our goodwill and broadcast licenses related to seven stations and 23 stations, respectively. We tested our unamortized intangible assets for impairment at December 31, 2008. As of the testing date, we believed events had occurred and circumstances changed that

85


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
more likely than not reduce the fair value of our broadcast licenses and goodwill below their carrying amounts. These events, which accelerated in the fourth quarter of 2008, included: (i) the continued decline of the price of our common stock and Class A common stock; (ii) the decline in the current selling prices of television stations; (iii) the decline in local and national advertising revenues excluding political advertising revenue; and (iv) the decline in the operating profit margins of some of our stations. We did not record a similar impairment expense in the prior year.
 
See Note 1. “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for further discussion of our accounting policies regarding goodwill, broadcast licenses and other intangible assets.
 
13.   Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
                                 
    Fiscal Quarters  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
    (In thousands, except for per share data)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                               
Operating revenues
  $ 61,354     $ 65,057     $ 66,446     $ 77,517  
Operating income
    4,766       8,998       10,630       18,685  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    (8,352 )                  
Net loss
    (8,920 )     (6,648 )     (5,520 )     (1,959 )
Net loss available to common stockholders
    (12,970 )     (10,699 )     (9,988 )     (6,509 )
Basic net loss available to common stockholders per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.22 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.13 )
Diluted net loss available to common stockholders per share
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.22 )   $ (0.21 )   $ (0.13 )
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                               
Operating revenues
  $ 70,999     $ 78,743     $ 82,631     $ 94,803  
Impairment of goodwill and broadcast licenses
                      338,681  
Operating income
    9,281       18,738       20,511       (307,425 )
Net (loss) income
    (3,850 )     3,215       4,644       (206,025 )
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
    (3,850 )     3,090       1,477       (209,326 )
Basic net (loss) income available to common stockholders per share
  $ (0.08 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.03     $ (4.32 )
Diluted net (loss) income available to common stockholders per share
  $ (0.08 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.03     $ (4.32 )
 
Because of the method used in calculating per share data, the quarterly per share data will not necessarily add to the per share data as computed for the year.
 
14.   Subsequent Event — Long-term Debt Amendment
 
Effective as of March 31, 2010, we amended our existing senior credit facility to provide for, among other things: (i) an increase in the maximum total net leverage ratio covenant under the senior credit facility through March 30, 2011 and (ii) a potential issuance of capital stock and/or senior or subordinated debt securities, which could include securities with a second lien security interest (the “Replacement Debt”). This amendment to the senior credit facility also provides for a reduction in the revolving loan commitment under the senior credit facility from $50.0 million to $40.0 million.


86


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
From March 31, 2010 until the date we complete an offering of Replacement Debt resulting in the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of our term loan outstanding under the senior credit facility, (i) we are required to pay an annual incentive fee equal to 2.0%, which fee will be eliminated upon the consummation of such offering and repayment, (ii) the annual facility fee will remain at 3.0%, which fee will, following such repayment, be reduced to 1.25% per year, with a potential for further reductions in future periods, and (iii) we will remain subject to a maximum total net leverage ratio, which will, following such repayment, be replaced by a first lien leverage test, as described in the following paragraph. In addition, from and after such repayment, we will be required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 0.90x to 1.0x.
 
Upon the completion of an offering of Replacement Debt that results in the repayment of not less than $200.0 million of our term loan outstanding under the senior credit facility, we will, from the date of such repayment, be subject to a maximum first lien leverage ratio covenant, which will replace our current maximum total leverage ratio covenant. The covenant will range from 7.5x to 6.5x, depending upon the amount of any such repayment.
 
The use of proceeds from any issuance of Replacement Debt will generally be limited to the repayment of amounts outstanding under the term loan under the senior credit facility and, in certain circumstances, to the repurchase of outstanding shares of our Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock. We cannot provide any assurances that such a sale of Replacement Debt, or any repurchase of such preferred stock, will be completed by us, or of the terms or timing thereof.
 
Beginning April 30, 2010 and thereafter, all interest and fees accrued under the senior credit facility will be payable in cash upon their respective due dates, with no portion of such accrued interest and fees being subject to deferral.
 
A summary of certain significant terms contained in our senior credit facility (i) before the March 31, 2010 amendment, (ii) as so amended, and (iii) as amended and after giving affect to a potential issuance of


87


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Replacement Debt and repayment of at least $200.0 million of term loans under the senior credit facility, are summarized in the table below:
 
             
            As Amended and
        As Amended and
  After Giving Effect
        Prior to Potential
  to a Potential
        Issuance of
  Issuance of
        Replacement Debt
  Replacement Debt
    Prior to Amendment
  and Related
  and Related
    on March 31,
  Repayment of Term
  Repayment of Term
Description
  2010   Loan   Loan
 
Annual interest rate on outstanding term loan balance
 
LIBOR plus 3.50% or BASE plus 2.50%
  Same
 
  Same
 
             
Annual interest rate on outstanding revolving loan balance
 
LIBOR plus 3.50% or BASE plus 2.50%
  Same
 
  Same
 
             
Annual facility fee rate
  3.00% with a potential
for reduction in future periods.
  3.00% with a potential
for reduction in future periods.
  1.25% with a potential
for reduction in future periods.
             
Annual incentive fee rate
  0.00%   2.00%   0.00%
             
Annual commitment fee on undrawn revolving loan balance
  0.50%   Same   Same
             
Revolving loan commitment
  $50 million   $40 million   $40 million
             
Maximum total net leverage ratio at:
           
March 31, 2010 through June 29, 2010
 
 7.00x
 
 
  9.00x
 
 
  Replaced with
a first lien leverage test as described above.
June 30, 2010 through September 29, 2010
  6.50x   9.50x    
September 30, 2010 through March 30, 2011
  6.50x   9.75x    
March 31, 2011 and thereafter
  6.50x   6.50x    
             
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
  None   Same   0.90x to 1.00x
             
Maximum cash balance that can be deducted from total debt to calculate net debt in the total net leverage ratio (or first lien leverage test, as applicable)
  $10.0 million   Same   $15.0 million


88


Table of Contents

 
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In order to obtain this amendment, we incurred loan issuance costs of approximately $4.1 million, in addition to other legal and professional fees. We are currently evaluating the accounting treatment of the loan issuance costs incurred and the related tax effects of the transaction. As of December 31, 2009, we had a deferred loan cost balance of $1.6 million. If the amendment constitutes a significant modification to the senior credit facility in the three-month period ended March 31, 2010, we may be required to expense all or a portion of our deferred loan cost balance. As of March 31, 2010, after giving effect to the amendment, we expect to be in compliance with all covenants under the senior credit facility.


89


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the CEO and the CFO have concluded that as of the end of such period our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that (i) information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or furnish under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 identified in connection with this evaluation that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our report, “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” and the report of our registered public accounting firm, “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” are set forth in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 9B.   Other Information.
 
None
 
PART III
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
The information set forth under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Board Committees And Membership,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2009) is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the information set forth under “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.
 
There have been no changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors since our last disclosure of such procedures, which appeared in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation.
 
The information set forth under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Report of Management Personnel Committee,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.


90


Table of Contents

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
The information set forth under the heading “Beneficial Share Ownership” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table gives information about the common stock and Class A common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under all existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2009.
 
                         
Equity Compensation Plan Information  
                Number of Securities Remaining
 
    Number of Securities to
    Weighted-Average
    Available for Future Issuance
 
    be Issued Upon Exercise
    Exercise Price of
    Under Equity Compensation
 
    of Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options
    Plans (Excluding Securities
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights     Warrants and Rights     Reflected in 1st Column)  
    (In thousands)           (In thousands)  
 
Common Stock:
                       
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)(2)
    1,476     $ 8.28       7,392  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
        $        
                         
Total
    1,476               7,392  
                         
Class A Common Stock:
                       
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
        $       1,000  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
        $        
                         
Total
                  1,000  
                         
 
 
(1) Under our 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan, we are authorized to issue options to acquire an additional 4,979,300 shares of either our common stock or our class A common stock; however, of this amount, we can not grant options to acquire in excess of 1,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock. For purposes of this disclosure, we have assumed the issuance of options to acquire 4,979,300 shares of our common stock and 1,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock.
 
(2) Includes 1,642,849 shares of our common stock that are issuable under our Capital Accumulation Plan, which is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Includes 770,000 shares of our common stock that are issuable under our Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 
The information set forth under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
The information set forth under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference.


91


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) List of Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(1) Financial Statements.
 
See Part II, Item 8 for the index of financial statements.
 
(2) Financial statement schedules.
 
The following financial statement schedule of Gray Television, Inc. and subsidiaries is included in Item 15(c):
 
Schedule II — Valuation and qualifying accounts.
 
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
(b) Exhibits.
 
         
  3 .1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Gray Television, Inc., as amended to date
  3 .2   Bylaws of Gray Television, Inc. as amended to date
  4 .1   See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws defining the rights of holders of our common stock, class A common stock and preferred stock.
  10 .1   2002 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix C to our definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed August 15, 2002)*
  10 .2   Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002)*
  10 .3   Credit Agreement dated as of March 19, 2007 by and among Gray Television, Inc., as Borrower; the Lenders Referred to Therein, as Lenders; Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders; Bank of America, N. A., as Syndication Agent; and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and Bank of Scotland, each as a Documentation Agent; Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Sole Lead Arranger; Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as Joint Bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2007)
  10 .4   Collateral Agreement dated as of March 19, 2007 by and among Gray Television, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2007)
  10 .5   Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 19, 2007 by and among certain Subsidiaries of Gray Television, Inc., as Guarantors, in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2007)
  10 .6   2007 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to our definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 3, 2007)*
  10 .7   Consulting Agreement dated as of December 23, 2008, by and between Gray Television, Inc. and J. Mack Robinson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008)*
  10 .8   First Amendment to the Credit Agreement by and among Gray Television, Inc.; certain subsidiaries thereof; the Lenders party thereto pursuant to an authorization; and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, dated as of March 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008)


92


Table of Contents

         
  14 .1   Code of Ethics for Gray Television, Inc. as approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 3, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003)
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page of this Report)
  31 .1   Rule 13a-14(a) Certificate of Chief Executive Officer
  31 .2   Rule 13a-14(a) Certificate of Chief Financial Officer
  32 .1   Section 1350 Certificate of Chief Executive Officer
  32 .2   Section 1350 Certificate of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules — The response to this section is submitted as a part of (a), (1) and (2).

93


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Gray Television, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/  Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
Hilton H. Howell, Jr.,
Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Hilton H. Howell, Jr., Robert S. Prather, Jr. and James C. Ryan, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution for him or her, in his name place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
  By: 
/s/  William E. Mayher, III
William E. Mayher, III,
Chairman of the Board
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  J. Mack Robinson
J. Mack Robinson, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Richard L. Boger
Richard L. Boger, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  RAY M. DEAVER
Ray M. Deaver, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010


94


Table of Contents

By: 
/s/  T. L. ELDER
T. L. Elder, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
Hilton H. Howell, Jr., Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Zell B. Miller
Zell B. Miller, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Howell W. Newton
Howell W. Newton, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Hugh Norton
Hugh Norton, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Robert S. Prather, Jr.
Robert S. Prather, Jr., Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Harriett J. Robinson
Harriett J. Robinson, Director
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  James C. Ryan
James C. Ryan,
Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
  By: 
/s/  Jackson S. Cowart, IV
Jackson S. Cowart, IV,
Chief Accounting Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010


95


Table of Contents

GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                         
Col. A   Col. B   Col. C   Col. D   Col. E
        Additions        
            (2)
       
        (1)
  Charged to
       
    Balance at
  Charged to
  Other
      Balance at
    Beginning
  Costs and
  Accounts
  Deductions
  End of
Description
  of Period   Expenses   (a)   (b)   Period
    (In thousands)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 1,543       925     $     $ (1,376 )   $ 1,092  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
  $ 4,909     $ 1,565     $     $ (12 )   $ 6,462  
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 1,303     $ 1,790     $     $ (1,550 )   $ 1,543  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
  $ 5,215     $ 1,247     $     $ (1,553 )   $ 4,909  
Year Ended December 31, 2007:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 1,033     $ 1,000     $     $ (730 )   $ 1,303  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
  $ 4,784     $ 431     $     $     $ 5,215  
 
 
(a) Represents amounts recorded in connection with acquisitions.
 
(b) In 2009, 2008 and 2007, represents write-offs of amounts not considered collectible in the allowance for doubtful accounts. In 2009 and 2008, represents the expiration of certain net operating loss carryforwards in the valuation allowance for deferred tax asset. In 2008 the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets also included a deduction for the reversal of a state tax valuation allowance due to a change in our filing structure.
 
.


96


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Description
 
  3 .1   Articles of incorporation, as amended to date
  3 .2   Amended and restated bylaws, as amended to date
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  31 .1   Rule 13 a — 14(a) Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer
  31 .2   Rule 13 a — 14(a) Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer
  32 .1   Section 1350 Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer
  32 .2   Section 1350 Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer


97

exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
1.
     The name of the Corporation is Gray Television, Inc.
2.
     The object of said Corporation shall be pecuniary gain and profit.
3.
     (a) The general nature of the business to be engaged in by the Corporation shall be to publish a daily and weekly newspaper, to do a general publishing and printing business, to buy and sell paper and all types of stationery, and to acquire, own, lease, rent and operate television and radio broadcasting stations and community antenna cable television systems and other forms of communication services, utilizing any and all types of transmission facilities. The Corporation shall further have the right to apply for, receive and hold all licenses that may be necessary or required from any licensing agency, federal, state, local or foreign; to do any and all things incident to the operation of such facilities, including, but not limited to, contracting for transmission of programs and entering into such other contracts as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time to time deem proper and expedient. Further, the Corporation shall have the right of buying, taking, exchanging, leasing and otherwise acquiring real and personal property, and any interest or right therein, including the right to hold, own, operate, control, maintain, manage, develop, construct, alter and promote both real property, personal property, securities and evidences of indebtedness, including the right to sell, exchange, or hypothecate all forms of real and personal property, chattels, rights, choses in action, mortgages, bonds, and securities of all forms and kinds and wherever located.

-1-


 

     (b) Without in any way limiting the foregoing, petitioner desires that said Corporation be vested with all the rights, powers, and privileges now or hereafter given to do any and all things which may be needful or proper in the operation of the above described business, and that said Corporation have all the powers enumerated in Sections 9 and 10 of the Act of the General Assembly of Georgia approved January 28, 1938 (Georgia Laws 1937-38, Ex. Sess., page 214), and codified as Sections 22-1827 and 22-1828 of the Code of Georgia Annotated, and such powers as are now, or may be hereafter, given by law.
     (c) Without in any way limiting the above enumerating powers, the Corporation shall have the power to guarantee, become surety upon, or endorse the contracts or obligations of other corporations, firms, or individuals; including the right to become a purely accommodation guaranty, endorser or surety upon the contracts or obligations of any other corporation, firm or individual, and the further power to buy, sell, trade or purchase the contracts, negotiable instruments or obligations of any other corporation, firm or individual, or any part thereof, all of the foregoing powers to be granted this Corporation regardless of the fact that this Corporation may or may not have a direct interest in the subject matter of such contracts, negotiable instruments or obligations.
4.
     The total number of shares of all classes which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 135,000,000 shares, consisting of 15,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, no par value (“Class A Common Stock”); 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value per share (“Common Stock”); and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock “Preferred Stock”).
     The designations and the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualification, and terms and conditions of redemptions of the shares of each class of stock are as follows:

-2-


 

PREFERRED STOCK
     The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors as shares of one or more series. The description of shares of each series of Preferred Stock, including any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption shall be as set forth in resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, and articles of amendment shall be filed with the Georgia Secretary of State as required by law to be filed with respect to issuance of such Preferred Stock, prior to the issuance of any shares of such series.
     The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, at any time, by adopting resolutions providing for the issuance of or providing for a change in the number of shares of any particular series of Preferred Stock and, if and to the extent from time to time as required by law, by filing articles of amendment which are effective without Shareholder action to increase or decrease the number of shares included in each series of Preferred Stock, but not below the number of shares then issued, and to set or change in any one or more respects the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms and conditions of redemption relating to the shares of each such series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be authorized to change the right of holders of the Class A Common Stock of the Corporation to vote one vote per share on all matters submitted for shareholder action. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, setting or changing the following:
     (a) the annual dividend rate, if any, on shares of such series, the times of payment and the date from which dividends shall be accumulated, if dividends are to be cumulative;

-3-


 

     (b) whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the redemption price and the terms and conditions of such redemption;
     (c) the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to redeem shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund;
     (d) whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or classes and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any;
     (e) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the extent of such voting rights;
     (f) the rights of the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation; and
     (g) any other relative rights, powers, preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof relating to such series.
     The shares of Preferred Stock of any one series shall be identical with each other in all respects except as to the dates from and after which dividends thereon shall cumulate, if cumulative.
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
     Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 1,000.
     Section 2. Rank. All Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, as to payment of dividends and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation,

-4-


 

whether voluntary or involuntary, (i) on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, no par value, of the Corporation, now or hereafter issued and (ii) senior to the Class A Common Stock, no par value (the “Class A Common Stock”), of the Corporation and the Class B Common Stock, no par value (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation now or hereafter issued.
     Section 3. Dividends and Distributions. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) out of funds legally available for such purpose, dividends at the rate of $800.00 per annum per share, and no more, which shall be fully cumulative, shall accrue without interest from the date of original issuance and shall be payable in cash quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year commencing December 31, 1996 (except that if any such date is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, then such dividend shall be payable on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday) to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation on such record dates, not more than 50 nor less than 10 days preceding the payment dates for such dividends, as shall be fixed by the Board. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series A Preferred Stock for each quarterly dividend period shall be computed by dividing the annual dividend amount by four. The amount of dividends payable for the initial dividend period and any period shorter than a full quarterly dividend period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. No dividends or other distributions, other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock or capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior as to dividends to the Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Dividend Stock”), shall be paid or set apart for payment on, and except for the use of Common Stock to pay for the exercise

-5-


 

of stock options pursuant to the stock option plans of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, no purchase, redemption, or other acquisition shall be made by the Corporation of, any shares of Junior Dividend Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.
     If at any time any dividend on any capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior as to dividends to the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Senior Dividend Stock”) shall be in default, in whole or in part, no dividend shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on the Series A Preferred Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Senior Dividend Stock, including the full dividends for the then current dividend period, shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, without interest. No full dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock ranking, as to dividends, on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Parity Dividend Stock”) for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, paid or declared and set apart for such payment on the Series A Preferred Stock. No full dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on the Series A Preferred Stock for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, paid or declared and set apart for payment on the Parity Dividend Stock for all dividend periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such full dividends. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series A Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock, all dividends paid or declared and set apart for payment upon shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment pro rata, so that the amount of dividends paid or declared and set apart for payment per share on the Series A Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued and

-6-


 

unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock bear to each other.
     Any reference to “distribution” contained in this Section 3 shall not be deemed to include any stock dividend or distributions made in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.
     Section 4. Liquidation Preference. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets constitute stated capital or surplus of any nature, an amount equal to the dividends accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders, without interest, and a sum equal to $10,000.00 per share (the “Liquidation Preference”), and no more, before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock ranking junior as to liquidation rights to the Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Liquidation Stock”); provided, however, that the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such payment only in the event that the Corporation’s payments with respect to the liquidation preference of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior as to liquidation rights to the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Senior Liquidation Stock”) are fully met. After the liquidation preferences of the Senior Liquidation Stock are fully met, the entire assets of the Corporation available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock having parity as to liquidation rights with the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective preferential amounts to which each is entitled (but only to the extent of such preferential amounts). After payment in full of the Liquidation

-7-


 

Preference of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of such shares shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation. Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation nor a sale or transfer of all or part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities, or other property will be considered a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation.
     Section 5. Redemption at Option of the Corporation. The Corporation at its option, may redeem at any time all, or from time to time a portion, of the Series A Preferred Stock on any date set by the Board of Directors, at the redemption price of $10,000.00 per share, plus an amount per share equal to all dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock accrued and unpaid on such share, pro rata to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Price). The Redemption Price shall be payable in cash or, at the option of the Corporation as long as the Class A Common Stock is registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in the number of shares (rounded up to the nearest whole share) of Class A Common Stock equal to the amount determined by dividing the Redemption Price by the Average Market Price. The “Average Market Price” shall mean the average of the last reported sales prices regular way of the Class A Common Stock on each day of the 10-day period preceding the date fixed for redemption or, in case no sale takes place on any such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way on such day, in either case as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or, if the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on such exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) National Market System, or, if now admitted for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market System, the

-8-


 

average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day as recorded by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ or, if the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ shall not have reported any bid and asked prices for the Class A Common Stock on such day, the average of the bid and asked prices for such day as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Corporation for such purpose, or, if no such bid and asked prices can be obtained from any such firm, the fair market value of one share of Class A Common Stock on such day as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Such determination by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive.
     In case of the redemption of less than all of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall designate by lot, or in such other manner as the Board of Directors may determine, the shares to be redeemed, or shall effect such redemption pro rata. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not redeem less than all of the Series A Preferred Stock at any time outstanding until all accrued but unpaid dividends upon all Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been paid.
     Not more then 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the redemption date, notice by first class mail, postage prepaid, shall be given to the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption, the Redemption Price and the form of payment, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, that accrued but unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption will be paid on the date fixed for redemption, and that on and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares.

-9-


 

     Any notice which is mailed as herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock receives such notice, and failure to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice, to the holders of any shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series A Preferred Stock. On or after the date fixed for redemption as stated in such notice, each holder of the shares called for redemption shall surrender the certificate (or certificates) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price. If fewer than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate (or certificates) are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. If, on the date fixed for redemption, funds or shares of Class A Common Stock necessary for the redemption shall be available therefor and shall have been irrevocably deposited or set aside, then, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any shares so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, the dividends with respect to the shares so called shall cease to accrue after the date fixed for redemption, the shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding, the holders thereof shall cease to be shareholders, and all rights whatsoever with respect to the shares so called for redemption (except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates therefor) shall terminate. Any monies or shares of Class A Common Stock deposited by the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing provision and unclaimed at the end of one year from the date fixed for redemption shall, to the extent permitted by law, be returned to the Corporation, after which the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of

-10-


 

authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, without designation as to series, and may thereafter be reissued, but not as shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
     Section 6. No Sinking Fund. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be subject to the operation of a purchase, retirement, or sinking fund.
     Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series A Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law. Whenever dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Dividend Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to at least six quarterly dividends, (whether or not consecutive), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock (voting separately as a class with all other affected classes or series of the Parity Dividend Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable) will be entitled to vote for and elect two additional directors. Such right of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to vote for the election of such two directors may be exercised at an annual meeting or at any special meeting called for such purposes as hereinafter provided or at any adjournment thereof, until dividends in default on such outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full (or such dividends shall have been declared and funds sufficient therefor set apart for payment), at which time the term of office of the two directors so elected shall terminate automatically (subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character specified in the preceding sentence). So long as such right to vote continues, the Secretary of the Corporation may call, and upon the written request of the holders of record of 10% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock addressed to him at the principal office, of the Corporation shall call, a special meeting of the holders of such shares for the election of such two directors, as provided herein. Such meeting shall be held not less than 45 nor more than 90 days after the accrual of

-11-


 

such right, at the place and upon the notice provided by law and in the By-laws of the Corporation for the holding of meetings of shareholders. No such special meeting or adjournment thereof shall be held on a date less than 30 days before an annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting in lieu thereof; provided that at such annual meeting appropriate provisions are made to allow the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock to exercise such right at such meeting. If at any such annual or special meeting or any adjournment thereof the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to vote in such election shall be present or represented by proxy, then the authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect such two additional directors. Directors so elected shall serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify, unless the term of office of the persons so elected as directors shall have terminated by virtue of the payment in full of all dividends in arrears (or such dividends shall have been declared and funds sufficient therefor set apart for payment.) In case of any vacancy occurring among the directors so elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining director who shall have been so elected may appoint a successor to hold office for the unexpired term of the director whose place shall be vacant, and such successor shall be deemed to have been elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock. If both directors so elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall cease to serve as directors before their terms shall expire, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding and entitled to vote for such directors may, at a special meeting of such holders called as provided above, elect successors to hold office for the unexpired terms of the directors whose places shall be vacant.

-12-


 

     Without the consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall not authorize, create, or issue any shares of any other class or series of capital stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation.
     The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required for any amendment, alteration, or repeal, whether by merger or consolidation or otherwise, of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation if the amendment, alteration, or repeal materially and adversely affects the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any increase in the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance of any other capital Stock of the Corporation ranking senior to, on a parity with, or junior to the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to affect materially and adversely such powers, preferences, or special rights.
     Section 8. Outstanding Shares. For purposes hereof all shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed outstanding except that, from the date fixed for redemption pursuant to Section 5 hereof, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock which have been so called for redemption under Section 5, if funds or shares necessary for the redemption of such shares are available, shall not be deemed to be outstanding.
SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK
     Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting the Series B Preferred Stock shall be 2,500 and if and to the extent further shares are needed in order to pay dividends in shares of Series B Preferred Stock as provided for in Section

-13-


 

3 hereof, the Board of Directors of the Corporation will authorize additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock so that at all times, so long as Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding, there will be a sufficient number of Series B Preferred Stock authorized and reserved to pay dividends as provided for in Section 3 hereof in shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the next succeeding four quarters.
     Section 2. Rank. All Series B Preferred Stock shall rank, as to payment of dividends and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, (i) on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, no par value, of the Corporation, now or hereafter issued and (ii) senior to the Class A Common Stock, no par value (the “Class A Common Stock”), of the Corporation and the Class B Common Stock, no par value (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation now or hereafter issued.
     Section 3. Dividends and Distributions. The holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) out of funds legally available for such purpose, dividends at the rate of $600.00 per annum per share, which shall be fully cumulative, shall accrue without interest from the date of original issuance and shall be payable at the Corporation’s option in cash, or in additional shares (whether whole or fractional) of Series B Preferred Stock valued, for the purpose of determining the number of shares (or fraction thereof) of such Series B Preferred Stock to be issued at the value of $10,000 per whole share, quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year commencing December 31, 1996 (except that if any such date is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, then such dividend shall be payable on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday) to holders of

-14-


 

record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation on such record dates, not more than 50 nor less than 10 days preceding the payment dates for such dividends, as shall be fixed by the Board. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series B Preferred Stock for each quarterly dividend period shall be computed by dividing the annual dividend amount by four. The amount of dividends payable for the initial dividend period and any period shorter than a full quarterly dividend period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. No dividends or other distributions, other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock or capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior as to dividends to the Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Dividend Stock”), shall be paid or set apart for payment on, and except for the use of Common Stock to pay for the exercise of stock options pursuant to the stock option plans of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, no purchase, redemption, or other acquisition shall be made by the Corporation of, any shares of Junior Dividend Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.
     If at any time any dividend on any capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior as to dividends to the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Senior Dividend Stock”) shall be in default, in whole or in part, no dividend shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on the Series B Preferred Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Senior Dividend Stock, including the full dividends for the then current dividend period, shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, without interest. No full dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock ranking, as to dividends, on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Parity Dividend Stock”) for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously

-15-


 

are, paid or declared and set apart for such payment on the Series B Preferred Stock. No full dividends shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment on the Series B Preferred Stock for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, paid or declared and set apart for payment on the Parity Dividend Stock for all dividend periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such full dividends. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series B Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock, all dividends paid or declared and set apart for payment upon shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart for payment pro rata, so that the amount of dividends paid or declared and set apart for payment per share on the Series B Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the Parity Dividend Stock bear to each other.
     Any reference to “distribution” contained in this Section 3 shall not be deemed to include any stock dividend or distributions made in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.
     Section 4. Liquidation Preference. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets constitute stated capital or surplus of any nature, an amount equal to the dividends accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders, without interest, and a sum equal to $10,000.00 per share (the “Liquidation Preference”) and no more, before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock ranking junior as to liquidation rights to the Series B

-16-


 

Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Liquidation Stock”); provided, however, that the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such payment only in the event that the Corporation’s payments with respect to the liquidation preference of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior as to liquidation rights to the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Senior Liquidation Stock”) are fully met. After the liquidation preferences of the Senior Liquidation Stock are fully met, the entire assets of the Corporation available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock having parity as to liquidation rights with the Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective preferential amounts to which each is entitled (but only to the extent of such preferential amounts). After payment in full of the Liquidation Preference of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of such shares shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation. Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation nor a sale or transfer of all or part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities, or other property will be considered a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation.
     Section 5. Redemption at Option of the Corporation. The Corporation at its option, may redeem at any time all, or from time to time a portion, of the Series B Preferred Stock on any date set by the Board of Directors, at a redemption price of $10,000 per share plus an amount per share equal to all dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock accrued and unpaid on such share, pro rata to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Price”). The Redemption Price shall be payable in cash or, at the option of the Corporation as long as the Class A Common Stock is registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in the number of shares (rounded up to the nearest whole share) of Class A Common Stock equal to the amount

-17-


 

determined by dividing the Redemption Price by the Average Market Price. The “Average Market Price” shall mean the average of the last reported sales prices regular way of the Class A Common Stock on each day of the 10-day period preceding the date fixed for redemption or, in case no sale takes place on any such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices regular way on such day, in either case as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape, or, if the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on such Exchange, on the principal national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or, if not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) National Market System, or, if not admitted for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market System, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day as recorded by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ or, if the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. through NASDAQ shall not have reported any bid and asked prices for the Class A Common Stock on such day, the average of the bid and asked prices for such day as furnished by any New York Stock Exchange member firm selected from time to time by the Corporation for such purpose, or, if no such bid and asked prices can be obtained from any such firm, the fair market value of one share of Class A Common Stock on such day as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Such determination by the Board of Directors shall be conclusive.
     In case of the redemption of less than all of the then outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall designate by lot, or in such other manner as the Board of Directors may determine, the shares to be redeemed, or shall effect such redemption pro rata. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not redeem less than all of the Series B

-18-


 

Preferred Stock at any time outstanding until all accrued but unpaid dividends upon all Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been paid.
     Not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the redemption date, notice by first class mail, postage prepaid, shall be given to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption, the Redemption Price and the form of payment, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, that accrued but unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption will be paid on the date fixed for redemption, and that on and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares.
     Any notice which is mailed as herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock receives such notice; and failure to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice, to the holders of any shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series B Preferred Stock. On or after the date fixed for redemption as stated in such notice, each holder of the shares called for redemption shall surrender the certificate (or certificates) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price. If fewer than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate (or certificates) are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. If, on the date fixed for redemption, funds or shares of Class A Common Stock necessary for the redemption shall be available therefor and shall have been irrevocably deposited or set aside, then, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any shares so called for redemption shall not have been

-19-


 

surrendered, the dividends with respect to the shares so called shall cease to accrue after the date fixed for redemption, the shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding, the holders thereof shall cease to be shareholders, and all rights whatsoever with respect to the shares so called for redemption (except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates therefor) shall terminate. Any monies or shares of Class A Common Stock deposited by the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing provision and unclaimed at the end of one year from the date fixed for redemption shall, to the extent permitted by law, be returned to the Corporation, after which the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock redeemed by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, without designation as to series, and may thereafter be reissued, but not as shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
     Section 6. No Sinking Fund. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be subject to the operation of a purchase, retirement, or sinking fund.
     Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law. Whenever dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Dividend Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to at least six quarterly dividends, (whether or not consecutive), the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock (voting separately as a class with all other affected classes or series of the Parity Dividend Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable) will be entitled to vote for and elect two additional directors. Such right of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to vote for the election of such two directors may be exercised at an annual meeting or at any special meeting called for

-20-


 

such purpose as hereinafter provided or at any adjournment thereof, until dividends in default on such outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full (or such dividends shall have been declared and funds sufficient therefor set apart for payment), at which time the term of office of the two directors so elected shall terminate automatically (subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character specified in the preceding sentence). So long as such right to vote continues, the Secretary of the Corporation may call, and upon the written request of the holders of record of 10% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock addressed to him at the principal office of the Corporation shall call, a special meeting of the holders of such shares for the election of such two directors, as provided herein. Such meeting shall be held not less than 45 nor more than 90 days after the accrual of such right, at the place and upon the notice provided by law and in the By-laws of the Corporation for the holding of meetings of shareholders. No such special meeting or adjournment thereof shall be held on a date less than 30 days before an annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting in lieu thereof, provided that at such annual meeting appropriate provisions are made to allow the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock to exercise such right at such meeting. If at any such annual or special meeting or any adjournment thereof the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to vote in such election shall be present or represented by proxy, then the authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect such two additional directors. Directors so elected shall serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify, unless the term of office of the persons so elected as directors shall have terminated by virtue of the payment in full of all dividends in arrears (or such dividends shall have been declared and funds

-21-


 

sufficient therefor set apart for payment.) In case of any vacancy occurring among the directors so elected by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the remaining director who shall have been so elected may appoint a successor to hold office for the unexpired term of the director whose place shall be vacant, and such successor shall be deemed to have been elected by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. If both directors so elected by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease to serve as directors before their terms shall expire, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding and entitled to vote for such directors may, at a special meeting of such holders called as provided above elect successors to hold office for the unexpired terms of the directors whose places shall be vacant.
     Without the consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall not authorize, create, or issue any shares of any other class or series of capital stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation.
     The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required for any amendment, alteration, or repeal, whether by merger or consolidation or otherwise, of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation if the amendment, alteration, or repeal materially and adversely affects the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any increase in the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance of any other capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to, on a parity with, or junior to the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to affect materially and adversely such powers, preferences, or special rights.

-22-


 

     Section 8. Outstanding Shares. For purposes hereof all shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed outstanding except that, from the date fixed for redemption pursuant to Section 5 hereof, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock which have been so called for redemption under Section 5, if funds or shares necessary for the redemption of such shares are available, shall not be deemed to be outstanding.
SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
     Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting the Series C Preferred Stock shall be 5,000 and if and to the extent further shares are needed in order to pay dividends in shares of Series C Preferred Stock as provided for in Section 3 hereof, the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) will authorize additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock so that at all times, so long as Series C Preferred Stock is outstanding, there will be a sufficient number of Series C Preferred Stock authorized and reserved to pay dividends as provided for in Section 3 hereof in shares of Series C Preferred Stock for the next succeeding four quarters.
     Section 2. Rank. All Series C Preferred Stock shall rank, as to payment of dividends and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (any such event, a “Liquidation Event”):
     (i) senior to (A) all classes or series of common stock of the Corporation, whether voting or non-voting, including, without limitation, the Class A Common Stock, no par value (the “Class A Common Stock”), and the Common Stock, no par value (the “Common Stock”), whether now or hereafter issued (collectively the “Gray Common Stock”) and (B) all other shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of the

-23-


 

Corporation which does not constitute Parity Stock or Senior Stock (as each such term is defined below) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “Junior Stock”);
     (ii) on a parity with (A) the Series A Preferred Stock, no par value, now or hereafter issued, (B) the Series B Preferred Stock, no par value, now or hereafter issued and (C) each other series or class of Preferred Stock (as defined in Article 4 of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation) hereafter created, the terms of which expressly provide that such series or class ranks on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock as to dividends and distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (collectively referred to as “Parity Stock”; and
     (iii) junior to each series or class of Preferred Stock hereafter created, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series ranks senior to the Series C Preferred Stock as to dividends and distributions of assets upon a Liquidation Event (collectively referred to as “Senior Stock”).
     Section 3. Dividends and Distributions. The holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for such purposes, dividends at the rate of $800.00 per annum per share (which amount shall increase to $850.00 per annum per share commencing on the seventh anniversary of the date of the initial issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock) (as such dollar amounts and the references to $10,000.00 in Section 4 hereof and in Section 5(a) hereof may be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event involving the Series C Preferred Stock), which shall be fully cumulative and shall accrue without interest from the date of original issuance of such share (whether or not declared by the Board of Directors). Dividends shall be payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends shall be payable, at the Corporation’s option in cash, or in

-24-


 

additional shares (whether whole or fractional) of Series C Preferred Stock valued, for the purpose of determining the number of shares (or fraction thereof) of such Series C Preferred Stock to be issued, at the value of $10,000.00 per whole share, quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year commencing June 30, 2002 (except that if any such date is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, then such dividend shall be payable on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday) to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation on the 15th day of the month in which the dividend is to be paid. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series C Preferred Stock for each quarterly dividend period shall be computed by dividing the annual dividend amount by four. The amount of dividends payable for the initial dividend period and any period shorter than a full quarterly dividend period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. No dividends or other distributions, other than dividends payable solely in shares of Junior Stock, shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on, and except for the use of Gray Common Stock to enable option holders to exercise stock options pursuant to the stock option plans of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, no purchase, redemption, or other acquisition shall be made by the Corporation of any shares of Junior Stock (and no moneys shall be paid to or made available to a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of such stock) unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock, including the full dividends for the then current dividend period, shall have been, or contemporaneously are, declared and paid.
     If at any time any dividend on any Senior Stock shall be in default, in whole or in part, no dividend shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on the Series C Preferred Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Senior Stock, including the full dividends for the then current dividend period, shall have been, or contemporaneously are,

-25-


 

declared and paid. No full dividends shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on any Parity Stock for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, respectively paid, declared or set apart for such payment on the Series C Preferred Stock. No full dividends shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on the Series C Preferred Stock for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, respectively paid, declared or set apart for payment on the Parity Stock for all dividend periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such full dividends.
     When dividends are not paid, declared or set aside in full upon the Series C Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock, all dividends paid, declared or set apart for payment upon shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock shall be respectively paid, declared or set apart for payment pro rata, so that the amount of dividends paid, declared or set apart for payment, as the case may be, per share on the Series C Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock bear to each other.
     Any reference to “distribution” contained in this Section 3 shall not be deemed to include any stock dividend or distributions made in connection with any Liquidation Event.
     Section 4. Liquidation Preference. In the event of a Liquidation Event, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets constitute stated capital or surplus of any nature, an amount equal to the sum of (i) dividends accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders, without interest, and (ii) $10,0000.00 per share (such sum, as of any given time, the “Liquidation Preference”) and no more, before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of Junior Stock; provided, however, that the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be

-26-


 

entitled to such payment only in the event that the Corporation’s payments with respect to the liquidation preference of the holders of Senior Stock are fully met. After the liquidation preferences of the Senior Stock are fully met, the entire assets of the Corporation available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock in proportion to the respective preferential amounts to which each is entitled (but only to the extent of such preferential amounts). After payment in full of the Liquidation Preference of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of such shares shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation. Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation nor a sale or transfer of all or part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities, or other property will be considered a Liquidation Event.
     Section 5. Redemption of Series C Preferred Stock.
     (a) Redemption at Option of the Corporation. At any time on or after fifth anniversary of the date of the initial issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation at its option, may redeem at any time all, or from time to time a portion, of the Series C Preferred Stock on any date set by the Board of Directors (any such date, an “Optional Redemption Date”), at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) $10,000.00 per share plus (ii) an amount per share equal to all dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock accrued and unpaid on such share, pro rata to the date fixed for redemption (or through the date of actual payment if the Corporation fails to satisfy its payment obligations upon a holder’s compliance with the procedures set forth in Section 5(c) hereof) (such amount, as of any given time, the “Redemption Price”). The Redemption Price shall be payable in cash.

-27-


 

     In case of the redemption of less than all of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not redeem less than all of the Series C Preferred Stock at any time outstanding until all accrued but unpaid dividends upon all Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been paid.
     (b) Mandatory Redemption of Series C Preferred Stock. On the tenth anniversary of the date of the initial issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Mandatory Redemption Date”), the Corporation shall redeem all of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Redemption Price. The Redemption Price shall be payable in cash. In the event the Corporation fails for any reason to satisfy such repurchase obligation on the Mandatory Redemption Date (the “Mandatory Redemption Obligation”), the Mandatory Redemption Obligation shall be discharged as soon as the Corporation is able to do so. If and for so long as any Mandatory Redemption Obligation with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be fully discharged, the Corporation shall not (i) redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Parity Stock or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Parity Stock (except in connection with a redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation to be satisfied pro rata with the Series C Preferred Stock) or (ii) declare any dividend or make any distribution on Junior Stock, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any Junior Stock or discharge any mandatory or optional redemption, sinking fund or other similar obligation in respect of any Junior Stock.
     (c) Mechanics of Redemption. Not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to an Optional Redemption Date or the Mandatory Redemption Date, as applicable, the Corporation shall give notice by a nationally recognized overnight courier and sent by facsimile transmission

-28-


 

with receipt confirmed, to the holders of record of the Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption, the Redemption Price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Series C Preferred Stock, that accrued but unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption will be paid on the date fixed for redemption, and that on and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares.
     Any notice which is sent to a holder as herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock receives such notice; and failure to give such notice, or any defect in such notice, to the holders of any shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series C Preferred Stock. On or after the date fixed for redemption as stated in such notice, each holder of the shares called for redemption shall surrender the certificate (or certificates) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price and thereupon the Corporation shall pay, or cause to be paid, the full Redemption Price for the shares so surrendered in cash, provided that if a certificate is not surrendered by a holder of record of shares of Series C Preferred Stock represented by such certificate but such holder delivers an affidavit to the Corporation stating that the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series C Preferred Stock have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificates, payment of the full Redemption Price shall be made to such holder. In the case of an optional redemption by the

-29-


 

Corporation pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof, if fewer than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate (or certificates) are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. If, on the date fixed for redemption, funds necessary for the redemption shall be available therefor and shall have been irrevocably deposited in a separate account for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption in a nationally recognized financial institution, then, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any shares so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, the dividends with respect to the shares so called shall cease to accrue after the date fixed for redemption, the shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding, the holders thereof shall cease to be shareholders, and all rights whatsoever with respect to the shares so called for redemption (except the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates therefor) shall terminate. The Corporation shall cause any monies deposited by the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing provision and unclaimed by the holders of the shares called for redemption at the end of one year from the date fixed for redemption, to the extent permitted by law, to be returned by such financial institution to the Corporation, after which the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock so called for redemption who have not claimed the Redemption Price shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock redeemed by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, without designation as to series, and may thereafter be reissued, but not as shares of Series C Preferred Stock
     Section 6. Conversion Rights. The Series C Preferred Stock will be convertible into Common Stock as follows:
     (a) Conversion. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 6 hereof, the holder of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock will have the right at such holder’s option, at any time or from time to time, to convert any of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price in

-30-


 

effect on the Conversion Date without the payment of any additional consideration by the holder thereof (as such terms are defined below); provided, however, that none of the person (as defined below) specified in New York Stock Exchange Rule 312.03(b) may convert shares of Series C Preferred Stock unless and until the issuance of such shares to such persons has been approved by the requisite vote of the shareholders of the Corporation, or unless otherwise permitted by the New York Stock Exchange or the rules thereof.
     (b) Conversion Price. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock will be converted into a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (i) the liquidation Preference by (ii) the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. The Conversion Price at which shares of Common Stock will initially be issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will be $14.39. The Conversion Price will be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 6(e) hereof. Subject to Section 6(g) hereof, no dividends will accrue or be paid on any share of Series C Preferred Stock subsequent to the conversion of such share.
     (c) Mechanics of Conversion. The holder of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock may exercise the conversion right specified in Section 6(a) hereof by surrendering to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation the certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted, accompanied by written notice specifying the number of shares to be converted and stating herein such holder’s name or the names of such holder’s nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion to be issued; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be obligated to issue to any such holder or such holder’s nominees the certificate or certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, unless (i) (A) the certificate or certificates evidencing the shares of Series C Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation or (B) such holder delivers an affidavit to the Corporation stating that the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series C Preferred Stock have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificates and (ii) if shares of Common Stock are to be issued in the name of any person other than the holder, the holder establishes to the satisfaction of the Corporation that any transfer or other applicable taxes have been paid or are not payable. Conversion will be deemed to have been effected on the date when delivery is made of notice of an election to convert and the certificate or certificates evidencing the Series C Preferred Stock shares to be converted and any other documents required by the immediately preceding sentence (the “Conversion Date”). Subject to the provisions of Section 6(e)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable thereafter, the Corporation will issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder or such holder’s nominees is entitled and a check or cash with respect to any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock as provided in Section 6(d). Subject to any provisions of Section 6(e)(vi) hereof, the person (which term, when used herein, shall include any corporation, individual, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or political subdivision thereof, trust, municipality or other entity as well as a natural person) in whose name the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued will be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Common Stock on the applicable Conversion Date. Upon conversion of only a portion of the number of shares covered by a certificate

-31-


 

representing shares of Series C Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion, the Corporation will issue and deliver to or upon the written order of the holder of the certificate so surrendered for conversion, at the expense of the Corporation, a new certificate covering the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock representing the unconverted portion of the certificate so surrendered.
     (d) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip will be issued upon conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If more than one share of Series C Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at any one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof will be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock so surrendered by such holder. Instead of any fractional shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation will pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fractional interest in an amount equal to that fractional interest based on the Market Price of the Common Stock.
     (e) Adjustments. The Conversion Price and conversion rights relating to the Series C Preferred Stock will be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows; provided, however, that none of the provisions in this Section 6(e) shall apply in the case of a Liquidation Event, as to which the provisions of Section 4 will apply.
          (i) Definitions. For purposed of this Section 6(e) and certain other sections herein, the following definitions apply.
          (1) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which banks in New York City are authorized or obligated by applicable law to close.
          (2) “Market Price” of any security as of any given time means the average of the closing prices of such security’s sales on all securities exchanges an which such security may at the time be listed, or, if there has been no sales on any such exchange on any day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such security is not so listed, the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the NASDAQ System as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such security is not quoted in the NASDAQ System, the average of the highest and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated, or any similar organization, in each such case averaged over a period of the 30 consecutive Business Days prior to the day as of which “Market Price” is being determined. If at any time such security is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, the “Market Price” shall be the fair value thereof determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
          (ii) Reorganization, Reclassification or Recapitalization of the Corporation. In the case of (a) a capital reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than any liquidation Event or in the cases referred to in Sections 6(e)(iii) through 6(e)(iv) hereof), (b) the Corporation’s consolidation or merger with or into another corporation in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity, or any such transaction if the Corporation is the surviving entity but the shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the

-32-


 

transaction are converted, by virtue of the transaction, into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (other than a Liquidation Event), or (c) the sale or transfer of the Corporation’s property as an entirety or substantially as an entirety (other than a Liquidation Event), then, as part of such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer, lawful provision shall be made so that there shall thereafter be deliverable upon conversion of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, and without payment of any additional consideration, the number of shares of Gray Common Stock or other securities or property to which the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which would otherwise have been deliverable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 6(e). This Section 6(e)(ii) shall apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, recapitalizations, consolidations, mergers, sales and transfers and to the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock into the stock or securities of any other corporation into which the Series C Preferred Stock shall become convertible. Concurrently with the consummation of such transaction, the corporation formed by or surviving any such transaction (if other than the Corporation), or the person to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, shall enter into an agreement assuming the obligation (but only if such obligation is not assumed by operation of law) to deliver to each holder of Series C Preferred Stock such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to acquire.
          (iii) Reclassifications. If the Corporation changes any of the securities into which the Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities into which the Series C Preferred Stock was convertible immediately prior to such reclassification or other change and the Conversion Price therefore shall be appropriately adjusted.
          (iv) Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation at any time subdivides (by way of stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) any of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, if the outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined (by way of stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.
          (v) Rounding of Calculations; Minimum Adjustment; Successive Adjustments. All calculations under this Section (e) will be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100th) of a share, as the case may be. Any provision of this Section 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Conversion Price will be made if the amount of such adjustment would be less than $0.05, but any such amount will be carried forward and an adjustment with respect thereto will be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, together with such amount and any other amount or amounts so carried forward, will aggregate $0.05 or more. In the event that, as a result of the provisions of any

-33-


 

subparagraph of this Section 6(e), the holder of this Series C Preferred Stock upon subsequent conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon conversion of this Series C Preferred Stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions contained herein.
          (vi) Timing of Issuance of Additional Common Stock Upon Certain Adjustments. In any case in which the provisions of this Section 6(e) require that upon the occurrence of an event of adjustment be made, such adjustment will become effective immediately after a record date for such event (or, if no record date is set, immediately after such event). The Corporation may defer, until the occurrence of such event, (A) issuing to the holder of any share of Series C Preferred Stock converted after any such record date and before the occurrence of such event any additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such event over and above the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (B) paying to such holder any amount of cash in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof; provided, however, that the Corporation will deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares and such cash, upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
     (f) Statement Regarding Adjustments. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted as provided in Section 6(e) hereof, the Corporation will file, at the office of any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Stock and at the principal office of the Corporation, a statement showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price in effect after such adjustment and the Corporation will also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier and sent by facsimile transmission with receipt confirmed, to each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock at such holder’s address appearing on the Corporation’s records. Where appropriate, such copy may be given in advance and may be included as part of a notice required to mailed under the provisions of Section 6(h) hereof.
     (g) Conditional Conversion. If it is proposed that a registration of Common Stock is intended to be filed, except on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any successor forms), which includes the secondary registration on behalf of holders of Common Stock, the Corporation will notify the holders of Series C Preferred Stock of such proposed registration and such holders may conditionally exercise their right to convert any or all of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock so held in accordance with this Section 6 and participate in such proposed registration in accordance with the registration rights granted to such holders by the Corporation, if any. Only the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock conditionally converted pursuant to this Section 6(g) to shares of Common Stock that are actually sold under an effective registration statement will be deemed converted pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof. If such registration is not declared effective or is withdrawn, any conditional exercise pursuant to this Section 6(g) will be null and void ab initio. The number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock conditionally converted pursuant to this Section 6(g) to share of Common Stock that are not actually sold under an effective registration statement will be deemed not to converted pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof and the conditional conversion of such shares will be null and void ab initio upon the termination of the offering under such registration statement and such shares will be deemed to have been

-34-


 

outstanding (including, without limitation, for purposes of accruing dividends) during the period such shares were conditionally converted pursuant to this Section 6(g). The foregoing right of conditional conversion of Series C Preferred Stock shall also apply in the case of any proposed transaction described in subparagraph (ii) of Section 6(e) and, if such transaction does not occur, such conditional exercise will be null and void ab initio and such Series C Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding during such period of conditional exercise.
     (h) Notice to Holders. If the Corporation proposes to take any action of the type described in Sections 6(e)(ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof, the Corporation will give notice to each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, in the manner set forth in Section 6(f), which notice will specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the approximate date on which such action is to take place. Such notice will also set forth such facts with respect thereto as will be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price and the number, kind, or class of shares or other securities or property which will be deliverable upon conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock (if any). In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice will be given at least ten days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice will be given at least 10 days prior to the taking of such proposed action. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, will not affect the legality or validity of such action.
     (i) Costs. The Corporation will pay all documentary, stamp, transfer, or other transactional taxes attributable to the issuance or delivery of shares of Common stock upon conversion of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be required to pay any taxes which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificate for such shares in a name other than that of the holder of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock in respect of which such shares are being issued.
     (j) Reservation of Shares. The Corporation will reserve at all times so long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding, free from preemptive rights, out of its treasury stock (if applicable) or its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, or both, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred stock.
     (k) Valid Issuance. All shares of Common Stock or any other security which may be issued upon conversion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will, upon issuance by the Corporation in accordance with the terms hereof, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof, and the Corporation will take no action which will cause a contrary result (including, without limitation, any action which would cause the Conversion Price to be less than the par value, if any, of the Common Stock or any such other security.
     Section 7. No Sinking Fund. The shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be subject to the operation of a purchase, retirement, or sinking fund.

-35-


 

     Section 8. Voting Rights. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.
     (a) Whenever dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to at least six quarterly dividends (whether or not consecutive), the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (voting separately as a class) will be entitled to vote for and elect two additional directors. Such right of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock to vote for the election of such two directors may be exercised at an annual meeting or at any special meeting called for such purpose as hereinafter provided or at any adjournment thereof, until dividends in default on such outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full, at which time the term of office of the two directors so elected shall terminate automatically (subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character specified in the preceding sentence). So long as such right to vote continues, the Secretary of the Corporation may call, and upon the written request of the holders of record of 10% of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock addressed to him at the principal office of the Corporation shall call, a special meeting of the holders of such shares for the election of such two directors, as provided herein. Such meeting shall be held not less than 45 nor more than 90 days after the accrual of such right, at the place and upon the notice provided by law and in the By-laws of the Corporation for the holding of meetings of shareholders. No such special meeting or adjournment thereof shall be held on a date less than 30 days before an annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting in lieu thereof, provided that at such annual meeting or special meeting appropriate provisions are made to allow the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock to exercise such right at such meeting. If at any such annual or special meeting or any adjournment thereof the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C

-36-


 

Preferred Stock entitled to vote in such election shall be present or represented by proxy, then the authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect such two additional directors. Directors so elected shall serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify, unless the term of office of the persons so elected as directors shall have terminated by virtue of the payment in full of all dividends in arrears. In case of any vacancy occurring among the directors so elected by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the remaining director who shall have been so elected may appoint a successor to hold office for the unexpired term of the director whose place shall be vacant, and such successor shall be deemed to have been elected by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock. If both directors so elected by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall cease to serve as directors before their term shall expire, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding and entitled to vote for such directors may, at a special meeting of such holders called as provided above, elect successors to hold office for the unexpired terms of the directors whose places shall be vacant.
     (b) Without the consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall not (i) authorize, create, or issue any shares of Senior Stock, (ii) reclassify any Junior Stock into shares of Senior Stock, (iii) reclassify any Parity Stock into shares of Senior Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock (except as contemplated by Section 1 hereof) or issue any shares of Series C Preferred Stock in addition to the 4,000 shares issued on the date hereof (except pursuant to Section 3 hereof).
     (c) The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required

-37-


 

for any amendment, alteration, or repeal, whether by merger or consolidation or otherwise, of the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation if the amendment, alteration, or repeal adversely affects the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series C Preferred Stock (for the avoidance of doubt, it being stipulated that the matters covered by paragraph (b), which are subject to the requirements set forth in such paragraph (b), shall not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series C Preferred Stock).
     Section 9. Outstanding Shares. For purposes hereof all shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be deemed outstanding except that, from the date fixed for redemption pursuant to Section 5 hereof, all shares of Series C Preferred Stock which have been so called for redemption under Section 5, if funds or shares necessary for the redemption of such shares are set aside as provided herein, shall not be deemed to be outstanding.
SERIES D PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK
1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series D Perpetual Preferred Stock” and shall have no par value per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares constituting the Series D Preferred Stock shall be 1,000.
2. Rank. All Series D Preferred Stock shall rank, as to payment of dividends and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (any such event, a “Liquidation Event”):
          (a) senior to (i) all classes or series of common stock of the Corporation, whether voting or non-voting, including, without limitation, the Class A Common Stock, no par value (the “Class A Common Stock”), and the Common Stock, no par value (the “Corporation Common Stock”), whether now or hereafter issued (collectively, the “Common Stock”) and (ii) all other shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of the Corporation which does not constitute Parity Stock or Senior Stock (as each such term is defined below) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “Junior Stock”);
          (b) on a parity with each other series or class of Preferred Stock (as defined in Article 4 of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended) hereafter created, the terms of which expressly provide that such series or class ranks on a parity with the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividends and distribution of assets upon a Liquidation Event (collectively referred to as “Parity Stock”); and

-38-


 

          (c) junior to each series or class of Preferred Stock hereafter created, the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series ranks senior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividends and distributions of assets upon a Liquidation Event (collectively referred to as “Senior Stock”).
3. Dividends and Distributions.
          (a) The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) out of funds legally available for such purposes, dividends at the rate of twelve percent per annum (as such rate may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 3, the “Dividend Rate”) of the Par Amount (as defined below) per share (which Dividend Rate shall increase to fifteen percent per annum of the Par Amount per share commencing on January 1, 2009), which shall be fully cumulative and shall accrue without interest from the date of original issuance of such share (whether or not declared by the Board of Directors). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Non-Compliance Event, the Dividend Rate shall be increased by two percent per annum of the Par Amount per share. Dividends shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends shall be payable in cash quarterly on April 15, July 15, October 15 and January 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2008 (except that if any such date is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, then such dividend shall be payable on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday) to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Corporation on the first day of the month in which the dividend is to be paid. Cash payments shall be applied to the earliest accrued and unpaid dividend. The amount of dividends payable for the initial dividend period and any period shorter than a full quarterly dividend period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. No dividends or other distributions (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Junior Stock) shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on, and except for the use of Common Stock to enable option holders to exercise stock options pursuant to the stock option plans of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, no purchase, redemption or other acquisition shall be made by the Corporation of, any shares of Junior Stock (and no moneys shall be paid to or made available to a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of such stock) unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock, including the full dividends for the then current dividend period, shall have been, or contemporaneously are, declared and paid.
          (b) If at any time any dividend on any Senior Stock shall be in default, in whole or in part, no dividend shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on the Series D Preferred Stock unless and until all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Senior Stock, including the full dividends for the then current dividend period, shall have been, or contemporaneously are, declared and paid. No full dividends shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on any Parity Stock for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, respectively paid, declared or set apart for such payment on the Series D Preferred Stock. No full dividends shall be paid, declared or set apart for payment on the Series D Preferred Stock for any period unless all accrued but unpaid dividends have been, or contemporaneously are, respectively paid, declared or set apart for payment on the Parity Stock for all dividend periods terminating on or prior to the date of payment of such full dividends. When dividends are not paid, declared or set aside in full upon the Series D Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock, all dividends paid, declared or set apart for payment upon shares of Series D Preferred

-39-


 

Stock and the Parity Stock shall be respectively paid, declared or set apart for payment pro rata, so that the amount of dividends paid, declared or set apart for payment, as the case may be, per share on the Series D Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock and the Parity Stock bear to each other.
          (c) Any reference to “distribution” contained in this Section 3 shall not be deemed to include any distribution or stock dividend made in connection with any Liquidation Event. For purposes of this Section 3 and certain other sections herein, “Par Amount” means $100,000 (as adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event involving the Series D Preferred Stock).
4. Liquidation Preference. In the event of a Liquidation Event, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets constitute stated capital or surplus of any nature, an amount equal to the sum of (a) dividends accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders, without interest, and (b) an amount equal to the Par Amount for each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by them (such sum, as of any given time, the “Liquidation Preference”) and no more, before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of Junior Stock; provided, however, that the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such payment only in the event that the Corporation’s payments with respect to the liquidation preference of the holders of Senior Stock are fully met. After the liquidation preferences of Senior Stock are fully met, the entire assets of the Corporation available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock in proportion to the respective preferential amounts to which each is entitled (but only to the extent of such preferential amounts). After payment in full of the Liquidation Preference of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of such shares shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation. Neither a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation nor a sale or transfer of all or part of the Corporation’s assets for cash, securities or other property will be considered a Liquidation Event.
5. Redemption of Series D Preferred Stock.
          (a) Redemption at Option of the Corporation. At any time on or after January 1, 2009, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem at any time all, or from time to time a portion, of the Series D Preferred Stock on any date set by the Board of Directors (any such date, an “Optional Redemption Date”), at a redemption price per share equal to the sum of (i) the product of (A) the Par Amount and (B) the Redemption Premium (as defined below) plus (ii) an amount equal to all dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock accrued and unpaid on such share, pro rata to the date fixed for redemption (or through the date of actual payment if the Corporation fails to satisfy its payment obligations upon a holder’s compliance with the procedures set forth in Section 5(d)) (such amount, as of any given time, the “Redemption Price”). The Redemption Price shall be payable in cash.
          (b) “Redemption Premium” means, with respect to any Optional Redemption Date or Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below), the amount set forth below under the

-40-


 

heading “Redemption Premium” for such Optional Redemption Date or Mandatory Redemption Date, as the case may be:
         
Date of Redemption   Redemption Premium  
January 1, 2009 through June 30, 2009
    1.050  
July 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009
    1.065  
January 1, 2010 through June 30, 2010
    1.080  
July 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
    1.060  
January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011
    1.040  
July 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011
    1.020  
January 1, 2012 and thereafter
    1.000  
          (c) In case of the redemption of less than all of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not redeem less than all of the Series D Preferred Stock at any time outstanding pursuant to Section 5(a) until all accrued but unpaid dividends upon all Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been paid.
          (d) Mechanics of Optional Redemption. At least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Redemption Date, the Corporation shall give notice by a nationally recognized overnight courier and by facsimile transmission with receipt confirmed, to the holders of record of the Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice of redemption shall specify the Optional Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Series D Preferred Stock, that accrued but unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption will be paid on the date fixed for redemption, and that on and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares.
          (e) Any notice which is sent to a holder as herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Series D Preferred Stock receives such notice; and failure to give such notice, or any defect in such notice, to the holders of any shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series D Preferred Stock. On or after the Optional Redemption Date as stated in such notice, each holder of the shares called for redemption shall surrender the certificate (or certificates) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price and thereupon the Corporation shall pay, or cause to be paid, the full Redemption Price for the shares so surrendered in cash, provided that if a certificate representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock is not surrendered by a holder of record, but such holder delivers an affidavit to the Corporation stating that the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series D Preferred Stock have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation for any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, payment of the full Redemption Price shall be made to such holder. If fewer than all the shares represented by any

-41-


 

such surrendered certificate or certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.
          (f) Redemption at Option of Holder of Series D Preferred Stock. At any time on or after June 30, 2015, each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock (any such holder, an “Exercising Holder”) shall have the right, at the option of such holder, by the giving of a written notice to the Corporation (an “Election Notice”), to require the Corporation to redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock of such Exercising Holder at a price per share equal to the Redemption Price on a date specified by such holder that is no less than 30 days following the date of such Election Notice (any such date, a “Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Redemption Price shall be payable in cash. In the event the Corporation fails for any reason to satisfy such repurchase obligation on a Mandatory Redemption Date (the “Mandatory Redemption Obligation”), the Mandatory Redemption Obligation shall be discharged as soon as the Corporation is able to do so.
          (g) Mechanics of Mandatory Redemption. Within ten days of the Corporation’s receipt of an Election Notice, the Corporation shall mail written notice (the “Company Notice”), first class postage prepaid, to the Exercising Holder acknowledging the Mandatory Redemption Date and specifying the Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained for redeemed shares and such other information as the Corporation may deem advisable to provide. If the Corporation is lawfully able to redeem only part of the Series D Preferred Stock requested to be redeemed (the “Redemption Shares”), then the Corporation shall redeem the maximum number of Redemption Shares that it is permitted to redeem on the Mandatory Redemption Date and shall redeem the remaining Redemption Shares on the first day it may lawfully do so unless the holder thereof otherwise determines not to have such shares redeemed and provides the Corporation with written notice of such determination. On or after the Mandatory Redemption Date, each Exercising Holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price and thereupon the Corporation shall pay, or cause to be paid, the full Redemption Price for the shares so surrendered in cash, provided that if a certificate is not surrendered by a holder of record of shares of Series D Preferred Stock represented by such certificate but such holder delivers an affidavit to the Corporation stating that the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series D Preferred Stock have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation for any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate(s), payment of the full Redemption Price shall be made to such holder. If fewer than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate or certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.
          (h) Rights After Redemption Date. If, on the date fixed for redemption, funds necessary for any optional redemption pursuant to Section 5(a) or mandatory redemption pursuant to Section 5(f) shall be available therefor and shall have been irrevocably deposited in a separate account, for the benefit of the holders of the shares to be redeemed, in a nationally recognized financial institution, then, notwithstanding that the certificate or certificates evidencing any shares to be redeemed shall not have been surrendered (or that no affidavit of loss and indemnification agreement have been delivered in lieu thereof), the dividends with respect to the shares to be redeemed shall cease to accrue after the date fixed for redemption, the shares shall no longer be

-42-


 

deemed outstanding, the holder(s) thereof shall cease to be shareholder(s), and all rights whatsoever with respect to the shares to be redeemed (except the right of the holder(s) to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of the certificate or certificates therefor) shall terminate. The Corporation shall cause any monies deposited by the Corporation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and unclaimed by the holder(s) of the shares to be redeemed at the end of one year from the Optional Redemption Date or Mandatory Redemption Date, as applicable, to the extent permitted by law, to be returned by such financial institution to the Corporation, after which the holder(s) of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed who have not claimed the Redemption Price shall look only to the Corporation for the payment thereof. Shares of Series D Preferred Stock redeemed by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, without designation as to series, and may thereafter be reissued, but not as shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
6. Covenants.
     6.1 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) The Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, unless at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment (with the value of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith and which determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution), (i) no Non-Compliance Event (and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an “event of default” under the terms of any Indebtedness of the Corporation or its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, (ii) the Corporation could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.2(a) and (iii) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after the date on which any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are first issued (the “Issue Date”) shall not exceed the sum of (A) an amount equal to the Corporation’s Cumulative Operating Cash Flow less 1.4 times the Corporation’s Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (B) the aggregate amount of all net cash proceeds received after the Issue Date by the Corporation from the issuance and sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation) of Capital Stock of the Corporation (other than Disqualified Stock) to the extent that such proceeds are not used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire Capital Stock or any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 6.1(b), plus (C) in the case of the disposition or repayment of any Investment for cash, which Investment constituted a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the cost of such Investment, in either case, reduced (but not below zero) by the excess, if any, of the cost of the disposition of such Investment over the gain, if any, realized by the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such disposition.
          (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 6.1 (a) shall not prohibit, so long as there is no Non-Compliance Event continuing and such payment will not cause a Non-Compliance Event to occur, the following actions (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

-43-


 

     (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such declaration date, such payment would have been permitted under these Articles of Incorporation;
     (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness of the Corporation in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Corporation), within six months prior to the consummation of such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other such acquisition of any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of the Corporation, of Capital Stock of the Corporation (other than any Disqualified Stock);
     (iii) the payment in cash of dividends by the Corporation in respect of its Junior Stock in the ordinary course of business on a basis consistent with past practice in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10.0 million annually;
     (iv) Restricted Investments received as consideration in connection with an Asset Sale made in accordance with Section 6.5(a);
     (v) the making of a Restricted Investment out of the proceeds of the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Corporation), within one year prior to the making of such Restricted Investment, of Capital Stock of the Corporation (other than any Disqualified Stock);
     (vi) the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Subsidiary that is a Qualified Joint Venture to the holders of its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;
     (vii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Corporation to effect the repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock that is held by any member or former member of the Corporation’s management (or the management of any of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries), or by any of their respective directors, employees or consultants; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Capital Stock may not exceed the sum of $2.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being available to be so utilized in succeeding calendar years);
     (viii) repurchases of Capital Stock of the Corporation deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options;
     (ix) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Section 6.5(b); and
     (x) other Restricted Payments not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate.

-44-


 

          (c) In computing the amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of clause (iii) of Section 6.1(a), Restricted Payments made under clauses (i), (iii), (v), (vii) and (ix) of Section 6.1(b) shall be included and Restricted Payments made under clauses (ii), (iv), (vi), (viii) and (x) of Section 6.1(b) shall not be included.
     6.2 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness.
          (a) The Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or directly or indirectly guarantee or in any other manner become directly or indirectly liable for (“incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) if, at the time of and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries is more than 7.0 to 1.0.
          (b) The limitations in Section 6.2(a) shall not apply to the incurrence of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”):
     (i) Indebtedness of the Corporation incurred under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $960.0 million less the amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Credit Agreement incurred pursuant to clause (vi) of this Section 6.2(b), plus any amount of Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.2(b);
     (ii) Indebtedness of the Corporation outstanding on the Issue Date;
     (iii) Indebtedness owed by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Corporation or to another Restricted Subsidiary, or owed by the Corporation to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness shall be held by a Person that is either the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary; and provided, further, that an incurrence of additional Indebtedness which is not permitted under this clause (iii) shall be deemed to have occurred upon either (A) the transfer or other disposition of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Corporation or another Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of             shares of Capital Stock (including by consolidation or merger) of any such Restricted Subsidiary to a Person other than the Corporation or another Restricted Subsidiary such that such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
     (iv) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees of any Indebtedness of the Corporation which Indebtedness of the Corporation has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation;
     (v) Indebtedness arising with respect to Interest Rate Hedge Obligations incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness (and not for speculative purposes) that is permitted by the terms of these Articles of Incorporation to be outstanding; provided, however, that the notional principal amount of such Interest Rate Hedge Obligation

-45-


 

does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Rate Hedge Obligation relates;
     (vi) any Indebtedness of the Corporation or a Subsidiary of the Corporation incurred in connection with or given in exchange for the renewal, extension, substitution, refunding, defeasance, refinancing or replacement of any Indebtedness of the Corporation or such Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date or permitted to be incurred or outstanding under these Articles of Incorporation in accordance with Section 6.2(a) or Indebtedness incurred under this clause (vi) with respect to any of the foregoing (“Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided that (A) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness so renewed, extended, substituted, refunded, defeased, refinanced or replaced (plus the premiums or other payments paid in connection therewith (which shall not exceed the stated amount of any premium or other payments required to be paid in connection with such a refinancing pursuant to the terms of the Indebtedness being renewed, extended, substituted, refunded, defeased, refinanced or replaced) and the expenses incurred in connection therewith); and (B) with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness of any Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being renewed, extended, substituted, refunded, defeased, refinanced or replaced;
     (vii) Indebtedness incurred by the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary immediately after giving effect to such transaction) to finance any Acquisition; provided that, after giving effect to such Acquisition and incurrence of Indebtedness, (A) the Corporation would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.2(a) or (B) the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio is lower than it was immediately prior to such Acquisition and incurrence of Indebtedness;
     (viii) Indebtedness incurred by any Unrestricted Subsidiary; and
     (ix) Indebtedness of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries in addition to that described in clauses (i) through (viii) above, and any renewals, extensions, substitutions, refundings, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (ix) does not exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding.
     (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.2:
     (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clauses (i) through (ix) of Section 6.2(b), the Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this

-46-


 

Section 6.2 and may from time to time reclassify such items of Indebtedness in any manner that would comply with this Section 6.2 at the time of such reclassification;
     (ii) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 6.2 permitting such Indebtedness;
     (iii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this Section 6.2, the Corporation, in its sole discretion, shall classify such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; and
     (iv) accrual of interest (including interest paid-in-kind) and the accretion of accreted value will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.2.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.2, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation may incur pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.
     6.3 Reports. Whether or not the Corporation is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Corporation shall provide to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, so long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the annual reports (including annual financial statements), quarterly reports (including quarterly financial statements) and other periodic reports which the Corporation would be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the Corporation were so subject, and such documents shall be mailed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation, on or prior to the respective dates (the “Required Filing Dates”) by which the Corporation would be required so to file such documents if the Corporation were so subject.
     6.4 Limitation on Liens. The Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, assume, incur or permit to exist or to be created, assumed or incurred any Lien on any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom to secure any Indebtedness, except for Permitted Liens.
     6.5 Liquidation, Merger or Disposition of Assets.
          (a) Limitation on Asset Sales. The Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale unless (i) the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be evidenced by a board resolution) of the assets or other property sold or

-47-


 

disposed of in the Asset Sale, and (ii) at least 75% of such consideration is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that for purposes of this covenant “cash” shall include the amount of any liabilities of the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary (as shown on the Corporation’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or other property in such Asset Sale (and excluding any liabilities that are incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), but only to the extent that such assumption is effected on a basis under which there is no further recourse to the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such liabilities. Notwithstanding clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.5(a), (i) all or a portion of the consideration for any Asset Sale may consist of all or substantially all of the assets or a majority of the Voting Stock of an existing television business, franchise or station (whether existing as a separate entity, subsidiary, division, unit or otherwise) or any business directly related thereto, (ii) Asset Sales having an aggregate value (as measured by the value of the consideration being paid for such assets) not in excess of $35.0 million may be made without regard to clause (ii) of Section 6.5(a), (iii) Asset Sales constituting Specified Asset Sales may be made without regard to clause (ii) of this Section 6.5(a), and (iv) the Corporation may, and may permit its Subsidiaries to, issue shares of Capital Stock in a Qualified Joint Venture to a Qualified Joint Venture Partner without regard to clause (ii) of Section 6.5(a); provided that, in the case of any of clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this sentence, after giving effect to any such Asset Sale and related acquisition of assets or Voting Stock: (x) no Non-Compliance Event shall be continuing; and (y) the Net Proceeds of any such Asset Sale, if any, are applied in accordance with Section 6.6(a).
          (b) Liquidation or Merger. The Corporation shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Corporation is the “Surviving Person” as such term is used in this Section 6.5(b)), or, directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries, sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons unless: (i) the Surviving Person is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the Series D Preferred Stock shall be converted into, or exchanged for, and shall become shares of the Surviving Person (if other than the Corporation) having in respect of such Surviving Person the same powers, preference and relative participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, that the Series D Preferred Stock had immediately prior to such transaction; and (iii) at the time of and immediately after such transaction, no Non-Compliance Event shall be continuing; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, the Surviving Person would (A) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 6.2(a) or (B) the Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Surviving Person is lower than that of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction; provided, further, that this Section 6.5(b) shall not limit or restrict any consolidation, merger or other similar combination between the Corporation and any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Persons that are Restricted Subsidiaries. In the event of any transaction (other than a lease) described in and complying with the conditions listed in the immediately preceding sentence in which the Corporation is not the Surviving Person and the Surviving Person is to assume all the obligations of the Corporation under the Series D Preferred Stock, such Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Corporation, and the Corporation would be discharged from its obligations under the Series D Preferred Stock; provided that solely for the purpose of calculating amounts described

-48-


 

in clause (iii) of Section 6.1, any such Surviving Person shall only be deemed to have succeeded to and be substituted for the Corporation with respect to the period subsequent to the effective time of such transaction (and the Corporation (before giving effect to such transaction) shall be deemed to be the “Corporation” for such purposes for all prior periods).
     6.6 Application of Net Proceeds of Asset Sales.
          (a) Within 270 days after any Asset Sale, the Corporation may elect to apply or cause to be applied the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to (i) permanently reduce any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary, and/or (ii) make an investment in, or acquire assets directly related to, the business of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Corporation may temporarily reduce any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary or temporarily invest such Net Proceeds in any manner permitted by these Articles of Incorporation. Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this Section 6.6(a) within 270 days of such Asset Sale will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” on the 271st day after such Asset Sale.
          (b) So long as (i) no Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or Event of Default (as defined under the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement and (ii) such offer to redeem is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the Credit Agreement or the terms of any Senior Stock, not more than 60 days following any date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Corporation shall make an offer in accordance with Section 6.6(c) to redeem the maximum number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Parity Stock (on a pro rata basis) that may be redeemed out of all such Excess Proceeds (an “Asset Sale Redemption Offer”) at a cash redemption price per share equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the Par Amount, plus (ii) an amount equal to all dividends accrued and (a) unpaid on such share, pro rata to the date fixed for redemption (the “Asset Sale Redemption Price”). To the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after completion of an Asset Sale Redemption Offer, the Corporation may use the remaining amount for general corporate purposes and such amount shall no longer constitute Excess Proceeds.
          (c) The Corporation shall give notice of the Asset Sale Redemption Offer by a nationally recognized overnight courier and by facsimile transmission with receipt confirmed, to the holders of record of the Series D Preferred Stock, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall describe the Asset Sale Redemption Offer and specify the date fixed for redemption (which shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days after such notice), the Asset Sale Redemption Price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Series D Preferred Stock, that accrued but unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption will be paid on the date fixed for redemption, and that, on and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares.
          (d) Any notice that is sent to a holder as herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Series D Preferred Stock receives such notice; and failure to give such notice, or any defect in such notice, to the holders of any shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the

-49-


 

redemption of any other shares of Series D Preferred Stock. On or after the date fixed for redemption as stated in such notice, each holder of the shares to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate (or certificates) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Asset Sale Redemption Price and thereupon the Corporation shall pay, or cause to be paid, the full Asset Sale Redemption Price for the shares so surrendered in cash, provided that if a certificate representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock is not surrendered by a holder of record, but such holder delivers an affidavit to the Corporation stating that the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series D Preferred Stock have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation for any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, payment of the full Asset Sale Redemption Price shall be made to such holder. If fewer than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate or certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. If the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds is not sufficient to permit the Corporation to redeem all shares of Series D Preferred Stock tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Redemption Offer, then the entire amount of Excess Proceeds shall be applied to redeem such shares on a pro rata basis, in accordance with the ratio that the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by such tendering holder bears to the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by all the holders of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding.
     6.7 Change of Control.
          (a) Subject to the prior repayment in full in cash of all outstanding Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) arising under, pursuant to or related to the Credit Agreement, in the event of a Change of Control, the Corporation shall make an offer to redeem all of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a redemption price per share equal to the sum of (i) 101% of the Par Amount thereof, plus (ii) an amount equal to all dividends accrued and unpaid on such share, pro rata to the date fixed for redemption (the “Change of Control Redemption Price”), in accordance with the terms set forth below (a “Change of Control Offer”).
          (b) Mechanics of Change of Control Redemption. Not more than 60 days following a Change of Control, the Corporation shall give notice of such Change of Control by a nationally recognized overnight courier and by facsimile transmission with receipt confirmed, to the holders of record of the Series D Preferred Stock, addressed to such shareholders at their last addresses as shown on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice of redemption shall describe the Change of Control Offer and specify the date fixed for redemption (which shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days after such notice), the Change of Control Redemption Price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Series D Preferred Stock, that accrued but unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption will be paid on the date fixed for redemption, and that, on and after the redemption date, dividends will cease to accrue on such shares.
          (c) Any notice that is sent to a holder as herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder of the Series D Preferred Stock receives such notice; and failure to give such notice, or any defect in such notice, to the holders of any shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series D Preferred Stock. On or after the date fixed for redemption

-50-


 

as stated in such notice, each holder of the shares to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate (or certificates) evidencing such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice and shall thereupon be entitled to receive payment of the Change of Control Redemption Price and thereupon the Corporation shall pay, or cause to be paid, the full Change of Control Redemption Price for the shares so surrendered in cash, provided that if a certificate representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock is not surrendered by a holder of record, but such holder delivers an affidavit to the Corporation stating that the certificate or certificates representing its shares of Series D Preferred Stock have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation for any loss incurred by it in connection with such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, payment of the full Change of Control Redemption Price shall be made to such holder. If fewer than all the shares represented by any such surrendered certificate or certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.
     6.8 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Corporation shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with any Affiliate of the Corporation or any beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such transaction or series of transactions is on terms that are no less favorable to the Corporation or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than would be available in a comparable transaction in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this provision will not apply to (a) employment agreements or compensation or employee benefit arrangements with any officer, director or employee of the Corporation entered into in the ordinary course of business (including customary benefits thereunder), (b) any transaction entered into by or among the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) transactions pursuant to agreements existing on the Issue Date.
     6.9 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
          (a) The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Corporation to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that:
     (i) any Guarantee by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation, and such incurrence of Indebtedness would be permitted under Section 6.2(a);
     (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be evidenced by a board resolution) of all outstanding Investments owned by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary being so designated (including any Guarantee by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be a Restricted Investment made as of the time of such designation;

-51-


 

     (iii) the Subsidiary being so designated:
     (A) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary unless either (1) such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding is with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, and is fair to the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the determination of a majority of the Independent Directors of the Corporation, or (2) the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Corporation in the determination of a majority of the Independent Directors of the Corporation;
     (B) is a Person with respect to which neither the Corporation nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock or (2) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
     (C) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except (1) to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation or (2) a pledge of the Capital Stock of the Unrestricted Subsidiary that is the obligor thereunder; and
     (D) does not have any Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (b) Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock by mailing to each such holder the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an officer’s certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and is permitted by this Section 6.9. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the requirements set forth in clause (iii) of Section 6.9(a), it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of these Articles of Incorporation and any Indebtedness, Investments or Liens on the property of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred or made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation from and after such date.
          (c) The Board of Directors may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that:
     (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if the incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 6.2(a);

-52-


 

     (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such designation shall only be permitted if such Investments would be Permitted Investments; and
     (iii) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under Section 6.4.
     6.10 Defined Terms. The following terms when used herein have the following meanings:
Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person (the “Acquired Person”) existing at the time the Acquired Person merges with or into, or becomes a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the Acquired Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person.
Acquisition” means (whether by purchase, lease, exchange, issuance of stock or other equity or debt securities, merger, reorganization or any other method) (a) any acquisition by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of any other Person, which Person shall then become consolidated with the Corporation or any such Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP; (b) any acquisition by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or (c) any other acquisition by the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the assets of another Person which acquisition is not in the ordinary course of business for the Corporation or such Subsidiary.
Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such first Person. “Affiliate” shall also mean, solely with regard to the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, any beneficial owner of Capital Stock representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total voting power of such Capital Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Corporation or of rights or warrants to purchase such Capital Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof. Unless otherwise specified, “Affiliate” means an Affiliate of the Corporation.
Asset Sale” means the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition by the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Person of any of the, Capital Stock of any Subsidiary or any other assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.
Capital Stock” means (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. The term “Capital Stock” shall include securities convertible into Capital Stock and all warrants, options, purchase rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights, calls or claims of any character with respect thereto.

-53-


 

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means that portion of any obligation of a Person as lessee under a lease which at the time would be required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such lessee in accordance with GAAP.
Cash Equivalents” means, as of any date of determination: (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States government the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within one year after the date of purchase; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after the date of purchase and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) commercial paper, money-market funds and business savings accounts issued by corporations, each of which shall have a consolidated net worth of at least $100,000,000 and each of which conducts a substantial part of its business in the United States, maturing within one year from the date of the original issue thereof, and rated “P-2” or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or “A-2” or better by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after the date of purchase and issued or accepted by any Lender (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulator) of not less than $100,000,000; and (e) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has at least ninety-five percent (95%) of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000 and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
          (a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Permitted Holders), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares of Capital Stock that such person or group has the right to acquire regardless of when such right is first exercisable), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation; provided that the Permitted Holders do not have the right or ability by contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors;
          (b) the Corporation merges with or into another Person or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person merges with or into the Corporation, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) (x) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation and (y) immediately after such transaction the holders of the outstanding

-54-


 

Voting Stock of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation; (ii) the Permitted Holders Control the surviving or transferee corporation and such Control is continuing; or (iii) immediately after such transaction, the Permitted Holders have the right or ability by contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors;
          (c) during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Corporation was approved by (x) a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (as described in this clause (x) or in the following clause (y)) or (y) Permitted Holders that are “beneficial owners” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board then in office; or
          (d) the Corporation is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation.
Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the gross interest expense accrued by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of their Indebtedness for such period, net of interest income for such period, determined on a consolidated basis, including, without duplication, all fees payable under the Credit Agreement, any revolving commitments or letters of credit, and any other fees, charges, commissions and discounts in respect of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, any fees payable in connection with the Letters of Credit (as defined in the Credit Agreement), but excluding deferred finance charges all calculated in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of the foregoing, gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Hedge Agreements, but shall exclude any non-cash mark-to-market adjustments made by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Hedge Agreements.
Control” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “Controlling” and Controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement entered into as of March 19, 2007, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, by and among the Corporation, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (and including any successors to Wachovia Bank, National Association) and the lenders party thereto.
Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Interest Expense plus cumulative dividends accrued or paid in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock from July 1, 2008 to the last day of the most recently ended month prior to such date of determination, taken as a single accounting period.

-55-


 

Cumulative Operating Cash Flow” means, as of any date of determination, Operating Cash Flow from July 1, 2008 to the last day of the most recently ended month prior to such date of determination, taken as a single accounting period.
Debt To Operating Cash Flow Ratio” means, with respect to any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date on a consolidated basis to (b) Operating Cash Flow of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the last twelve months ending on or immediately prior to such date, determined on a pro forma basis after giving pro forma effect to: (i) the incurrence of all Indebtedness to be incurred on such date and (if applicable) the application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to refinance other Indebtedness, as if such Indebtedness was incurred, and the application of such proceeds occurred, at the beginning of such twelve-month period; (ii) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such twelve-month period as if such Indebtedness was incurred, repaid or retired at the beginning of such twelve-month period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facilities shall be computed based upon the average balance of such Indebtedness at the end of each month during such twelve-month period); (iii) in the case of Acquired Debt, the related acquisition as if such acquisition had occurred at the beginning of such twelve-month period; and (iv) any acquisition or disposition by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any company or any business or any assets out of the ordinary course of business, or any related repayment of Indebtedness, in each case since the first day of such twelve-month period, assuming such acquisition or disposition had been consummated on the first day of such twelve-month period.
Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part on or prior to June 30, 2015.
GAAP” means, as in effect from time to time, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.
Guaranty” or “Guarantee,” as applied to an obligation, means and includes (a) a guaranty, direct or indirect, in any manner, of all or any part of such obligation and (b) any agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limitation, any reimbursement obligations as to amounts drawn down by beneficiaries of outstanding letters of credit or capital call requirements.
Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, all liabilities, obligations and reserves, contingent or otherwise, which, in accordance with GAAP, would be reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business), including, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under

-56-


 

conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services and which are payable over a period in excess of one year (excluding Programming Obligations), (f) all obligations of others secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person, provided that if such Indebtedness shall not have been assumed by such Person and is otherwise limited in recourse only to property of such Person securing such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness hereunder shall not exceed the fair market value of the property of such Person securing such Indebtedness, (g) all obligations or liabilities otherwise constituting Indebtedness under this definition Guaranteed by such Person, (h) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of a default or event of default under any Interest Rate Hedge Agreement, the aggregate amount payable by such Person under such Interest Rate Hedge Agreement and (j) all obligations of such Person as an account party to reimburse any Person in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include any recourse Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner.
Independent Director” means a director of the Corporation other than a director (i) who (apart from being a director of the Corporation or any Subsidiary) is an employee, associate or Affiliate of the Corporation or a Subsidiary or has held any such position during the previous five years or (ii) who is a director, employee, associate or Affiliate of another party to the transaction in question.
Interest Rate Hedge Agreements” means any agreement or other arrangement of any Person with any other Person whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.
Interest Rate Hedge Obligations” means all existing and future payments and other obligations owing by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries under any Interest Rate Hedge Agreements permitted hereunder with any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time such Interest Rate Hedge Agreement is executed.
Lien” means, with respect to any property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, negative pledge or other agreement not to pledge, collateral assignment, charge, security interest, title retention agreement, levy, execution, seizure, attachment, garnishment or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property, whether created by statute, contract, the common law or otherwise, and whether inchoate or not, vested or perfected.
Net Earnings” means, as of any date with respect to the Corporation, the consolidated net income (or deficit) of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period involved, after taxes accrued and after all proper charges and reserves (excluding, however, non-recurring special charges and credits), all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

-57-


 

Net Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the aggregate cash proceeds received by such Person and/or its Affiliates in respect of such Asset Sale, which amount is equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the cash received by such Person and/or its Affiliates (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or monetization of, a note, an equity security or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) in connection with such Asset Sale, over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by such asset and which is required to be repaid by such Person in connection with such Asset Sale, plus (ii) all fees, commissions and other expenses incurred by such Person in connection with such Asset Sale, plus (iii) provision for taxes, including income taxes, attributable to the Asset Sale or attributable to required prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus (iv) a reasonable reserve for the after-tax cost of any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to seller’s indemnities to purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale undertaken by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale plus (v) if such Person is a Subsidiary, any dividends or distributions payable to holders of minority interests in such Subsidiary from the proceeds of such Asset Sale.
Non-Compliance Event” means (a) any time that an aggregate amount of three accrued quarterly dividend payments in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock remains unpaid; (b) the failure of the Corporation to perform or comply with any covenant in Section 6, which failure described in this clause (b) continues for 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Corporation by any holder of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock; (c) the failure of the Corporation to perform or comply with any covenant in Section 5(f); or (d) the making of any payment to holders of Junior Stock in violation of Section 3(a).
Operating Cash Flow” means, with respect to the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of any date for any period, (a) the Net Earnings for such period (excluding, to the extent included in Net Earnings for such period, (i) the effect of any exchange of advertising time for non-cash consideration, such as merchandise or services, (ii) any other non-cash income or expense (including the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and extraordinary items), (iii) any gains or losses from sales, exchanges and other dispositions of property not in the ordinary course of business and (iv) the non-cash portion of any reserves or accruals for one-time charges which are equal to or greater than $1,000,000 incurred in connection with corporate restructurings or expense-saving measures), minus (b) any cash payments made by the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of (i) Programming Obligations or (ii) reserves or accruals described in clause (a)(iv) above, to the extent such reserves or accruals were excluded from Net Earnings in a prior period, plus (c) the sum, without duplication, of (to the extent deducted in determining Net Earnings) (i) depreciation on or obsolescence of fixed or capital assets and amortization of intangibles and leasehold improvements (including, without limitation, amortization in respect of Programming Obligations) for such period, plus (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense and deferred finance charges in such period, plus (iii) federal, state and local income taxes in such period to the extent deducted in calculating Net Earnings in such period (other than any such taxes resulting from any gains from sales and exchanges and other distributions not in the ordinary course of business), plus (d) to the extent such expenses do not constitute Efficiency Capital Expenditures (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the OTO System Integration Expenses (as defined in the Credit Agreement), in an aggregate amount not to exceed $900,000 for fiscal year 2007, plus (e) adjustments to actual historical Operating Cash Flow in connection with any Acquisition permitted under these

-58-


 

Articles of Incorporation (it being understood that any such adjustments under this provision shall not apply to the calculation under Section 6. 1 (a)(iii)); provided that any such adjustment (or series of related adjustments) (i) is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act or (ii) is identified with reasonable specificity prior to the closing of such Acquisition and, with respect to an adjustment (or series of related adjustments) under this clause (ii), is five percent (5%) or less of the Operating Cash Flow of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; provided, further, that, in each case, such adjustments shall be on a consolidated basis and computed on the accrual method. For the purposes of calculating Operating Cash Flow for any period, any Acquisition or Asset Sale that occurs during such period shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of such period.
Permitted Holders” means: (a) each of J. Mack Robinson and Robert S. Prather, Jr.; (b) their spouses and lineal descendants; (c) in the event of the incompetence or death of any of the Persons described in clauses (a) and (b), such Person’s estate, executor, administrator, committee or other personal representative; (d) any trusts created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (a) or (b); or (e) any Person controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (a), (b), or (d). For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
Permitted Investments” means: (a) any Investment in the Corporation, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Qualified Joint Venture; (b) any Investments in Cash Equivalents; (c) any Investment in a Person (an “Acquired Person”) if, as a result of such Investment, (i) the Acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) the Acquired Person either (A) is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary and the Corporation or such Restricted Subsidiary is the surviving Person, or (B) transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary; (d) Investments in accounts and notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course of business; (e) Interest Rate Hedge Obligations permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(v); and (f) any other Investments in an aggregate amount up to $25.0 million plus, in the case of the disposition or repayment of any such Investment made pursuant to this clause (f) for cash, an amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital with respect to such Investment and the cost of such Investment, in either case, reduced (but not below zero) by the excess, if any, of the cost of the disposition of such Investment over the gain, if any, realized by the Corporation or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in respect of such disposition.
Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens on assets or property of the Corporation that secure Indebtedness of the Corporation, either existing on the Issue Date or which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under these Articles of Incorporation, and Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary, either existing on the Issue Date or which Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under these Articles of Incorporation; (b) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time that such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of such Person; (c) Liens on property acquired by the Corporation or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any other property; (d) Liens in favor of the

-59-


 

Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation; (e) Liens incurred, or pledges and deposits in connection with, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security benefits, and leases, appeal bonds and other obligations of like nature incurred by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation in the ordinary course of business; (f) Liens imposed by law, including, without limitation, mechanics’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and vendors’ Liens, incurred by the Corporation or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Corporation in the ordinary course of business and restrictions on transfer of assets of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries imposed by the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and any similar or successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder; (g) Liens for ad valorem, income or property taxes or assessments and similar charges which either are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which the Corporation has set aside on its books reserves to the extent required by GAAP; (h) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and other restrictions, leases, licenses, reservations or restrictions on use and other similar encumbrances on the use of Real Property (as defined in the Credit Agreement) which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person or the use or value of such property; (i) Liens to secure performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, bids, tenders or escrow deposits in connection with Acquisitions, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; (j) judgment Liens which do not result in an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) under Section 8.1(i) of the Credit Agreement; (k) Liens approved by the Administrative Agent and set forth in any title policy insuring the interest of the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) in any Collateral (as defined in the Credit Agreement), or set forth in title report, title examination or similar document with respect to any of the Collateral; (l) (i) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction and (ii) Liens of any depositary bank in connection with statutory, common law and contractual rights of set-off and recoupment with respect to any deposit account; (m) leases, subleases or licenses granted by the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to third persons in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (n) licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the Corporation or another Restricted Subsidiary.
Person” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or estate, unincorporated organization, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.
Programming Obligations” means all direct or indirect monetary liabilities, contingent or otherwise, with respect to contracts for television broadcast rights relating to television series or other programs produced or distributed for television release.
Qualified Joint Venture” means a newly-formed, majority-owned Subsidiary where Capital Stock of the Subsidiary is issued to a Qualified Joint Venture Partner in consideration of the contribution of assets used or useful in the television broadcasting or paging business.
Qualified Joint Venture Partner” means a person who is not affiliated with the Corporation.

-60-


 

Related Joint Venture Holder” means any holder (other than the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries) of any Capital Stock of a joint venture of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Qualified Joint Venture.
Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Payment” means (a) any direct or indirect distribution, dividend or other payment to any Person (other than to the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) on account of any Junior Stock of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends payable solely in Junior Stock of such Person and splits thereof), (b) any management, consulting or similar fees, or any interest thereon, payable by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries to any of their respective Affiliates (other than such fees and interest payable to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries) or (c) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement of any Junior Stock of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any warrants or other rights or options to acquire shares of Junior Stock of the Corporation or of any of its Subsidiaries.
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Corporation that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Specified Asset Sales” means, with respect to any joint venture of the Corporation or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Qualified Joint Venture, (a) any Asset Sale of all or any portion of such asset to a Related Joint Venture Holder or any Affiliates of a Related Joint Venture Holder, (b) any contribution of all or any portion of such asset to a joint venture of a Related Joint Venture Holder or (c) any Asset Sale of all or any portion of such asset to any Person in connection with a related transaction or series of related transactions involving a Related Joint Venture Holder or any Affiliate of a Related Joint Venture Holder; provided that any joint venture to which this definition applies generates less than five percent (5%) of the aggregate consolidated revenues of the Corporation and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Subsidiary” means, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) having ordinary voting power to elect at least a majority of its board of directors, regardless of the existence at the time of a right of the holders of any class or classes of securities of such corporation to exercise such voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, or any partnership or limited liability company of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Capital Stock, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (b) any other entity which is directly or indirectly controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. “Subsidiaries” as used herein means the Subsidiaries of the Corporation unless otherwise specified.
Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Corporation that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution in compliance with Section 6.9(a).

-61-


 

Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).
Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payment of principal, including payment as final maturity, in respect thereof, with (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness.
7. No Sinking Fund. The shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not be subject to the operation of a purchase, retirement, or sinking fund.
8. Voting Rights.
     (a) The holders of Series D Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights except as set forth in this Section 8 or as otherwise from time to time required by law.
     (b) Without the consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, the Corporation shall not (i) authorize, create, or issue any shares of Senior Stock, (ii) reclassify any Junior Stock into shares of Parity Stock or Senior Stock, (iii) reclassify any Parity Stock into shares of Senior Stock, or (iv) authorize, create or issue any shares of Parity Stock, other than additional shares of Series D Preferred Stock in an aggregate par amount of $25.0 million that are issued in accordance with these Articles of Incorporation.
     (c) The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, will be required for any amendment, alteration or repeal, whether by merger or consolidation or otherwise, of the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, if the amendment, alteration or repeal adversely affects the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series D Preferred Stock (for the avoidance of doubt, any matters approved in accordance with Section 8(b), and any merger or consolidation that does not result in a Non-Compliance Event shall not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series D Preferred Stock).
9. Outstanding Shares. For purposes of Section 8, all issued and outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be deemed outstanding except that, from the date fixed for redemption pursuant to Section 5, all shares of Series D Preferred Stock which are to be redeemed in accordance with Section 5, if funds or shares necessary for the redemption of such shares are set aside as provided herein, shall not be deemed to be outstanding.

-62-


 

GRAY COMMON STOCK
     The powers, preferences and rights of the Class A Common Stock and the Common Stock, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, shall be as follows:
     (a) Voting. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to ten (10) votes per share. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one (1) vote per share. All actions submitted to a vote of shareholders are voted on by holders of Class A Common Stock and Common Stock voting together as a single class, except as otherwise provided herein or by law.
     (b) Dividends and Other Distributions. Holders of Class A Common Stock and holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefore. Each share of Class A Common Stock and each share of Common Stock shall have identical rights with respect to dividends and distributions (including distributions in connection with any recapitalization, and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, either partial or complete, of the Corporation).
     (c) Common Stock Rights.
     (1) If, after the date the Articles of Amendment adding this provision to the Articles are filed with the Secretary of State of Georgia (the “Effective Date”), any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 100% of the then issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (such acquisition making such person or group a “Significant Shareholder”), and such person or group does not immediately after such acquisition beneficially own an equal percentage of the then issued and outstanding Common Stock, such Significant Shareholder must, within a 90-day period beginning the day after becoming a Significant Shareholder, commence a public tender offer in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations to acquire additional shares of Common Stock (a “Common Stock Protection Transaction”) as provided in this subsection (c) of the section entitled “Gray Common Stock” of this Article 4.
     (2) In a Common Stock Protection Transaction, the Significant Shareholder must offer to acquire from all other holders of the Common Stock all of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them. The Significant Shareholder must acquire all shares validly tendered.
     (3) The offer price for any shares of Common Stock required to be purchased by a Significant Shareholder pursuant to a Common Stock Protection Transaction shall be the greater of (i) the highest price per share paid by the Significant Shareholder for any share of Class A Common Stock or Common Stock (whichever is higher) in the six month period ending on the date such person or group became a Significant Shareholder and (ii) the highest closing price of a share of Class A Common Stock or Common Stock (whichever is higher) on The New York Stock Exchange (or such other quotation system or securities exchange constituting the principal trading market for either class of Gray Common Stock) during the 30 calendar days preceding the date such person or group became a Significant Shareholder. If the Significant

-63-


 

Shareholder has acquired Class A Common Stock or Common Stock in the six-month period ending on the date such person or group becomes a Significant Shareholder for consideration other than cash, the value of such consideration per share of Class A Common Stock or Common Stock shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
     (4) The requirement to engage in a Common Stock Protection Transaction is satisfied by making the requisite offer and purchasing validly tendered shares, even if the number of shares tendered is less than the number of shares for which tender was sought in the required offer.
     (5) If a Significant Shareholder fails to make an offer required by this such section (c) of the section entitled “Gray Common Stock” of this Article 4, or to purchase shares validly tendered and not withdrawn, such Significant Shareholder shall not be entitled to vote any shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by such Significant Shareholder and acquired by such Significant Shareholder after the Effective Date that exceeded such Significant Shareholder’s comparable percentage of Common Stock unless and until such requirements are complied with or unless and until all shares of Class A Common Stock which would require an offer to be made are, no longer owned by such Significant Shareholder. To the extent that the voting power of any shares of Class A Common Stock is so suspended, such shares will not be included in the determination of aggregate voting shares for any purpose under these Articles of Incorporation or the Georgia Business Corporation Code.
     (6) All calculations with respect to percentage ownership of issued and outstanding shares of either class of “Gray Common Stock” will be based upon the numbers of issued and outstanding shares reported by the Corporation on the last filed of (i) the Corporation’s most recent Annual Report on Form-10-K, (ii) its most recent definitive proxy statement, (iii) its most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, or (iv) if any, its most recent Current Report on Form 8-K.
     (7) For purposes of this subsection (c) of the section entitled “Gray Common Stock” of this Article 4, the term “person” means a natural person, company, government, or political subdivision, agency or instrumentality of a government, or other entity. The terms “beneficial ownership” and “group” have the same meanings as used in Regulation 13D promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), subject to the following qualifications: (i) relationships by blood or marriage between or among any persons will not constitute any of such persons a member of a group with any other such persons, absent affirmative attributes of concerted action; (ii) any person acting in his official capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be deemed to beneficially own shares of Gray Common Stock where such beneficial ownership exists solely by virtue of such person’s status as a trustee (or similar position) with respect to shares of Gray Common Stock held by plans or trusts for the general benefit of employees or retirees of the Corporation, and actions taken or agreed to be taken by him in such official capacity or in any other official capacity will not be deemed to constitute such a person a member of a group with any

-64-


 

other person; and (iii) formation of a group will not be deemed to be an acquisition by the group (or any member thereof) of beneficial ownership of any shares of Class A Common Stock then owned by a group member and acquired by such member from the Corporation, by operation of law, by will or the laws of descent or distribution, by charitable contribution or gift, or by foreclosure of a bona fide loan. Furthermore, for the purposes of calculating the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such shareholder or member of such group only if such gift is made in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing the Common Stock Rights; (b) only shares of Common Stock owned of record by such shareholder or member of such group, or held by others as nominees of such shareholder or member and identified as such to the Corporation, shall be deemed to be beneficially owned by such shareholder or group (provided that shares with respect to which such shareholder or member has sole investment and voting power shall be deemed to be beneficially owned thereby); and (c) only shares of Common Stock acquired by such shareholder or member of such group for an “equitable price” shall be treated as being beneficially owned by such shareholder or group. An “equitable price” will be deemed to have been paid only when shares of Common Stock have been acquired at a price at least equal to the great of (i) the highest price per share paid by the Significant Shareholder in cash or in non-cash consideration for any shares of Class A Common Stock or Common Stock (whichever is higher) in the six-month period ending on the date such person or group became a Significant Shareholder and (ii) the highest closing price of a share of Class A Common Stock or Common Stock (whichever is higher) on The New York Stock Exchange (or such other quotation system or securities exchange constituting the principal trading market for either class of Common Stock) during the 30 calendar days preceding the date such person or group became a Significant Shareholder with the value of any non-cash consideration in either case being determined by the Board of Directors acting in good faith.
     (d) Preemptive Rights. The holders of the Class A Common Stock and Common Stock do not have preemptive rights enabling them to subscribe for or receive shares of any class of stock of the Corporation or any other securities convertible into shares of any class of stock of the Corporation.
     (e) Merger and Consolidation. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another entity (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), or a statutory share exchange involving the Common Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the same amount and form of consideration per share as the per share consideration, if any, received by any holder of the Class A Common Stock in such merger or consolidation.
     (f) Subdivision of Shares. If the Corporation shall in any manner split, subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class of Gray Common Stock shall be proportionally split, subdivided or combined in the same manner and on the same basis as the outstanding shares of the other class of Gray Common Stock have been split, subdivided, or combined.
     (g) Power to Sell and Purchase Shares. The Board of Directors shall have the power to cause the Corporation to issue and sell all or any part of any class of stock herein or hereafter

-65-


 

authorized to such persons, firms, associations, or corporations, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine whether or not greater consideration could be received upon the issue or sale of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to cause the Corporation to purchase any class of stock herein or hereafter authorized from such persons, firms, associations, or corporations, and for such consideration, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time, in its discretion, determine, whether or not less consideration could be paid upon the purchase of the same number of shares of another class, and as otherwise permitted by law.
     (h) Amendments. In addition to any other vote provided for by law, by these Articles or by the By-Laws of the Corporation or by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the vote cast by the holder of shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate group, at any meeting of shareholders shall be required to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of Article 4(e).
5.
     The location of the principal office of the Corporation shall be in Dougherty County, Georgia, but the Corporation shall have the privilege of establishing branch offices and places of business both within and without the State of Georgia.
6.
     The bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the stockholders and such bylaws shall provide for the officers of the Corporation, the manner of their selection and such other rules appropriate to bylaws which have as their purpose the control and management of the Corporation, including provisions whereby the bylaws may be amended.
7.
     No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of duty of care or other duty as a director; provided, however, that to the extent required by applicable law, this Paragraph 7 shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any appropriation, in violation of his duties, of any business opportunity of the Corporation; (ii) for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for the types of liability set forth in Section 14-2-

-66-


 

832 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If applicable law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the liability of directors, then the liability of each director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as amended. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Paragraph 7 nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles of incorporation inconsistent with the Paragraph 7 shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Paragraph 9 in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
8.
     The Corporation may acquire its own shares and any such shares that are reacquired shall become treasury shares.

-67-

exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
GRAY TELEVISION, INC.
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
The principal office of the corporation in the State of Georgia shall be located in the City of Albany, County of Dougherty. The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Georgia, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. ANNUAL MEETING. Commencing in 1973, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Tuesday in November of each year at such hour as the Board of Directors may determine, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting, provided that the Board of Directors may designate some other date in any particular year for the annual meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State of Georgia, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated for any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.
Section 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Chairman of the Board, or by the President, or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than one-third of all outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote at a meeting, such request shall state the purpose of purposes of the proposed meeting.
Section 3. PLACE OF MEETING. The Board of Directors may designate any place in or out of the State of Georgia as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Company in the State of Georgia.
Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of meeting, and in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Any stockholder may waive notice of any meeting, whether before or after said meeting.

 


 

Section 5. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed in any case, fifty days; provided notice of the closing of the stock transfer books is published prior to the commencement of the stated period in the manner, form and within such time limitations as now or hereafter may be required by law. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy days, and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of stockholders, is to be taken; provided notice is published prior to such date in the manner, form and within such time limitations as now or hereafter may be required by law. If the stock transfer books are not closed no record date is fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of stockholders. When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors, as provided in this section, fixes a new stated period for closing of the stock transfer books or fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 6. VOTING LISTS. The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of, and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection of any stockholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
Section 7. QUORUM. A majority of the shares outstanding of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

- 2 -


 

Section 8. PROXIES. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
Section 9. VOTING OF SHARES. All elections by stockholders shall be by ballot unless waived by the unanimous consent of those stockholders present in person or by proxy in the meeting. The vote on any questions, upon demand of a stockholder present in person or by proxy, shall be by a stock vote and by ballot. The stockholders shall have power by a majority vote at any meeting to remove any director or officer from office.
Section 10. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine.
Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.
Shares standing in the name of receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.
A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
Shares of its own stock belonging to the corporation or held by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting, and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
Section 11. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. At each meeting of the stockholders, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and be taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes, shall be decided by three inspectors. At the first meeting of the Board of Directors held immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint three persons as Inspectors of Election, to serve until the close of the next annual meeting and until their successors are chosen. In case of a failure to elect inspectors, or in case an inspector shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the Board of Directors may choose an inspector or inspectors to act at such meeting.

- 3 -


 

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.
Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than 3 nor more than 15, the exact number of which may be established by the Board of Directors. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. A majority of the directors shall be bona fide residents of the State of Georgia.
Section 3. REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place either within or without the State of Georgia, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any three directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place within the State of Georgia as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.
Section 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least five days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to each director at his business address, or by telegram. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the Board of Directors for the time being in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.
Section 7. MANNER OF ACTING. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 8. VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the

- 4 -


 

number of directors shall be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors but only for a term of office continuing until the next election of directors by the stockholders and until the election and qualification of the successor.
Section 9. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 10. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
Section 1. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. At their first meeting after the annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall elect an Executive Committee consisting of not less than three nor more than five members of the Board, and shall designate its chairman. The Chairman of the Board of Directors and the President shall be two of the members elected to the committee. During the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, the executive committee shall possess and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management and direction of the affairs of the company in all cases in which specific directions shall not have been given by the Board of Directors. All actions by the executive committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action, and shall be subject to revision and alteration by the Board; provided, that no rights of third parties shall be affected by any such revision or alteration. Regular minutes of the proceedings of the executive committee shall be kept in a book provided for that purpose. Vacancies in the executive committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors. A majority of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum, and in every case the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution. The Executive Committee may act by the written resolution of a quorum thereof although not formally convened; it shall fix its own rules of procedure, and shall meet as provided by such rules or by resolution of the Board, and it shall also meet at the call of the chairman or of any two members of the committee.
Section 2. MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMMITTEE. At the first meeting after the annual meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors shall elect a management personnel committee consisting of not less than three nor more than five members of the Board and shall designate its chairman. It shall be the duty of the management personnel committee to make recommendations with respect to executive salaries, bonuses, and compensation, and it shall be their further duty to serve as the nominating committee with respect to the principal officers

- 5 -


 

and other committees of the Board of Directors, as well as making nominations respecting membership to the Board of Directors. Regular minutes of the proceedings of the management personnel committee shall be kept in the book provided for that purpose. Vacancies in the management personnel committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum, and in every case the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution. The management personnel committee may act by the written resolution of a quorum though they are not formally convened; it shall fix its own rules of procedure and shall meet as provided by such rules, and it shall meet on the call of the Chairman or any two (2) members of the committee.
Section 3. INTERPRETATION. In these bylaws, unless there is something in the context inconsistent therewith, the term “Board of Directors” shall include and embrace the committees herein provided for to the extent of their delegated authority.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. NUMBER. The officers of the corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a president, one or more vice presidents (the number thereof to be determined by the Board of Directors), a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any person may hold two or more offices, except that the president may not also be the secretary of the corporation.
Section 2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.
Section 3. REMOVAL. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby.
Section 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
Section 5. SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.
Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Chairman of the Board shall be a director and shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of

- 6 -


 

Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors may appoint a Vice Chairman of the Board who shall perform such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Section 7. PRESIDENT. The president shall be a director. He shall preside, in the absence of the Chairman or Vice Chairman, at all meetings of the stockholders or the Board of Directors. He may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, policies of insurance, contracts investment certificates, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these bylaws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the President or in the event of his death or inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. Any vice president may sign, with the Secretary or an assistant secretary certificates for shares of the corporation, and shall perform such other duties as shall from time to time be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors. All vice presidents shall have such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors may from time to time add to the title of “Vice President” such additional descriptive prefix as may indicate his service, duty or duties.
Section 9. SECRETARY. The secretary shall:
     (a) attend and keep the minutes of the stockholders’ meetings and of the Board of Directors’ meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose;
     (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws as required by law;
     (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and see that the seal of the corporation is affixed to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized;
     (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder,
     (e) sign with the president, or a vice president, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;
     (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation;

- 7 -


 

     (g) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the Board of Directors.
Section 10. TREASURER The treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He shall:
     (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such monies in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article VI of these bylaws; and
     (b) in general perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the Board of Directors.
Section 11. CONTROLLER. The controller shall be the accounting officer of the corporation. He shall keep adequate and correct accounts of the corporation’s business transactions, including the accounts of its assets, liabilities, reserves, gains, losses, capital, surplus, and shares. It shall be his duty, in conjunction with other proper officers, to enforce budget rules and regulations and other measures and procedures whereby the business of the company shall be conducted with the maximum of safety, efficiency, economy, and profit; and he shall see to it that adequate internal audits are currently and accurately made. He shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of controller and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.
Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The assistant secretaries and assistant treasures, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by the Board of Directors.
Section 13. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall be in general charge of the affairs of the corporation and in general manage, supervise and control all of its business activities and without limitation on the foregoing shall supervise all the public relations of the Company. Any officer or agent of the corporation may be suspended and removed by the Chief Executive Officer, subject to ratification or reinstatement by the Board of Directors, whenever in his judgment the best interest of the corporation; would be served thereby.
The Board of Directors may designate by resolution either the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board (if one), or the President as the Chief Executive Officer, but in the absence of such a resolution the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS. CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agents or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument, including

- 8 -


 

contracts or policies of insurance, in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 2. LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Section 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 4. DEPOSITS. All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.
ARTICLE VII
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
Section 1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the president or vice president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary, but when such certificate is signed by a transfer agent and a registrar the signatures of such president, vice president, secretary or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the transfer books of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificates shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
Section 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.
Section 3. REGULATIONS. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as respectively they may deem expedient, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the capital stock of the company.
The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or assistant transfer agents and one or more registrars of transfer, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of a transfer agent or assistant transfer agent and a registrar of transfer. The Board of Directors

- 9 -


 

may at any time terminate the appointment of any transfer agent or any assistant transfer agent or any registrar of transfers.
ARTICLE VIII
FISCAL YEAR
The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year, and end on the 31st day of December of the same year.
ARTICLE IX
DIVIDENDS
The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law, its charter, and these bylaws.
ARTICLE X
ANNUAL STATEMENT
The Board of Directors shall publish and submit to the stockholders, at or in advance of the annual meeting of stockholders, a statement of the financial condition of the corporation, such statement to show the income of the corporation during the previous fiscal year and such statement to include a balance sheet showing the assets and liabilities of the corporation at the end of the preceding fiscal year.
ARTICLE XI
SEAL
The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal”.
ARTICLE XII
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the corporation under the provisions of these bylaws or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENTS
These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by a majority vote of the stockholders at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders.

- 10 -


 

ARTICLE XIV
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1. AUTHORITY TO INDEMNIFY. The corporation shall indemnify or obligate itself to indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) for reasonable expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including attorneys’ fees), incurred in connection with the proceeding of the individual acted in the manner he or she believe in good faith to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, in the case of any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of a proceeding by a judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the director, officer, employee or agent did not meet the standard of conduct set forth above. Indemnification permitted under this section in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.
Section 2. MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, the Corporation shall indemnify the director, employee or agent against reasonable expenses incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
Section 3. ADVANCE FOR EXPENSES. The Corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding if (a) he or she furnishes the Corporation written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article, and (b) he or she furnishes the Corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his or her behalf, to repay any advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The undertaking required by this section must be an unlimited general obligation, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.
Section 4. COURT-ORDERED INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCES FOR EXPENSES. A director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification or advances for expenses to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction.
Section 5. DETERMINATION OF INDEMNIFICATION. Except as provided in Section 2 and except as may be ordered by the court, the Corporation may not indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent under Section 1 unless authorized thereunder and a determination has been made in the specific case that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. The determination shall be made:

- 11 -


 

     (a) by the Board of Directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to the proceeding;
     (b) if a quorum cannot be obtained, by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties to the proceeding;
     (c) by special legal counsel:
          (i) selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section; or
          (ii) if a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot be obtained and committee cannot be designated, selected by majority vote of the full Board of Directors (in which selection directors who are parties may participate); or
     (d) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors, who are at the time parties to the proceeding, may not be voted on the determination.
Section 6. AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION. Authorization of indemnification or determination of an obligation to indemnify and evaluation as to the reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination is made by the special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made by those entitled under subsection (c) of Section 5 to select counsel.
Section 7. OTHER RIGHTS. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article XIV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, in respect of indemnification or otherwise, to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, resolution, agreement or contract either specifically or in general terms approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the share entitled to vote thereon taken at a meeting the notice of which specified that such bylaw, resolution or agreement would be placed before the stockholders, both as to action by a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position, except that no such other rights, in respect to indemnification or otherwise, may be provided or granted to a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent pursuant to this Section 7 by the Corporation for liability for (a) any appropriation, in violation of his or her duties, of any business opportunity of the Corporation; (b) acts of omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) the types of liability set forth in Section 14-2-832 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code dealing with illegal or unauthorized distributions of corporate assets, whether as dividends or in liquidation of the Corporation or otherwise; or (d) any transaction from which the director derived an improper material tangible personal benefit.
Section 8. INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another

- 12 -


 

foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against liability asserted against or incurred by him or her in that capacity or arising from his or her status as a director, officer, employee or agent whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him or her against the same liability under this Article XIV.
Section 9. CONTINUATION OF EXPENSES. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article XIV shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
Section 10. If applicable law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the liability of directors, then the liability of each director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as amended. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article XIV, nor the adoption of any provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article XIV, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article XIV in respect of any acts of omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of any inconsistent provision.

- 13 -

exv21w1
EXHIBIT 21.1
 
List of Subsidiaries
Gray Television, Inc.
As of December 31, 2009
 
     
Name of Subsidiary
  Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
WVLT-TV, Inc. 
  Georgia
Gray Television Group, Inc. 
  Delaware
Gray Television Licensee, LLC
  Nevada

exv23w1
EXHIBIT 23.1
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-160362, 333-156012, 333-143493, 333-117248 and 333-17773) of Gray Television, Inc. of our report dated April 6, 2010 relating to our audits of the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Gray Television, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
/s/  MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
 
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida
April 6, 2010

exv31w1
EXHIBIT 31.1
 
I, Hilton H. Howell, Jr., certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Gray Television, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
  By: 
/s/  Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010

exv31w2
EXHIBIT 31.2
 
I, James C. Ryan, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Gray Television, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
  By: 
/s/  James C. Ryan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010

exv32w1
EXHIBIT 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
 
In connection with the accompanying annual report on Form 10-K of Gray Television, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the ”Periodic Report”), the undersigned Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to Title 18, Section 1350 United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his individual knowledge and belief, that the Periodic Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/  Hilton H. Howell, Jr.
Hilton H. Howell, Jr.,
Vice-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Gray Television, Inc. and will be retained by Gray Television, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

exv32w2
EXHIBIT 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
 
In connection with the accompanying annual report on Form 10-K of Gray Television, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Periodic Report”), the undersigned Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies pursuant to Title 18, Section 1350 United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his individual knowledge and belief, that the Periodic Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/  James C. Ryan
James C. Ryan,
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Date: April 6, 2010
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Gray Television, Inc. and will be retained by Gray Television, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
The foregoing certification is being furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.